maytag only bya maytag authorized service technician familiarwith ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker...

184
16010373 (16001145) Issued5/94 Revised8/98 Maytag Washer Service Manual (Covering 1994-1997 Models)

Upload: hatruc

Post on 07-Apr-2018

219 views

Category:

Documents


6 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

16010373(16001145)

Issued5/94Revised8/98

Maytag

WasherService Manual

(Covering 1994-1997 Models)

Page 2: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

THIS MANUAL, AS WELL AS THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN IT; IS TO BEUSED ONLY BY A MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIAR WITHAND KNOWLEDGEABLE OF PROPER SAFETY AND SERVICING PROCEDURESAND POSSESSING HIGH QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITHMICROWAVE, GAS, AND ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE REPAIR.

ALL INDIVIDUALS WHO ATTEMPT REPAIRS BY IMPROPER MEANS OR ADJUST­MENTS, SUBJECT THEMSELVES AND OTHERS TO THE RISK OF SERIOUS ORFATAL INJURY.

USE ONLY GENUINE MAYTAG APPROVED FACTORY REPLACEMENT COMPO­NENTS.

\"',\

Page 3: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CONTENTS

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1SPECiFiCATIONS , 1-1PRE-INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 1-2ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1-3

Export Models - 50 HZ and 60 HZ 1-3GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS 1-3

Grounding Instructions 1-3Grounding & Polarity 1-4Water Pressure 1-5Water Temperature 1-5Cabinet Dimensions 1-5Drain Facility 1-6Flooring ............................................................................................................•.............. l-7Location Considerations 1-7Temperature Considerations ........................................................•................................ 1-7Lubrication 1-7Finish 1-7Water Damage From Flooding 1-8

INSTALLATION 1-8ELECTRICAL TEST EQUIPMENT 1-13

Appliance Test Meter 1-13Voltage Checks 1-15Using Voltmeter As A Continuity Tester 1-16Using Meter For Temperature Readings 1-17Clamp-On Ammeter 1-17Motor Test Cord 1-18

GENERAL INFORMATION (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE 1-20Features & Cycles 1-20Specifications 1-21

LAUNDRY CYCLES 1-21LAUNDRY OPTIONS 1-23

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-1CONTROL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2-4

LAT9904 2-4LAT9824 - LAT9804 - LAT8904 - LAT6914 2-9LAT8824-LAT8804 ' 2-12LAT9734, LAT9714, LAT9704, LAT8714, LAT8624, LAT8614, LAT8604, LAT5914 2-15LAT9634, LAT9614, LAT9604, LAT8704, LAT8434, LAT8424, LAT8414, LAT8404,

LAT4914 2-18LAT9334, LAT9314, LAT9304, LAT8504, LAT8234, LAT8214, LAT8204, LAT3914 .,. 2-21LAT8104, LAT8034, LAT8024, LAT8014, LAT8004, LAT7334, LAT7314, LAT7304,

LAT2914 2-23

16010277(16001145-02) ©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

CONTENTS

Page 4: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT5005· LAT5004 2-25LAW9704 2-27LAW9304 2-30

CYCLE FUNCTIONS - TIMER OPERATED MODELS 2-33CONTROL FACIAS 2-35

SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-1CONTROLS 3-1

Timer 3-1Microprocessor Board 3-2

COMPONENTS 3-4Water Level Control - Timer Controlled 3-4Water Level Switch 3-6Water Level Switch - Microprocessor Models 3-7Air Tube and Dome 3-9Motor Control 3-9Transformer 3-13

LID SWITCH ASSEMBLY 3-14Timer Models 3-14Microprocessor Models 3-17

LID 3-18FRONT PANEL 3-19AGITATOR 3-20FABRIC SOFTENER DISPENSER 3-21LINT FILTER 3-22

Self Cleaning Filters 3-22Manual Clean Lint Filter 3-22

WATER INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 3-23WATER VALVE 3-23

Thermistor Controlled Water Valve 3-25Water Valve Removal 3-25Water Valve Installation 3-26Inlet Hose Screens 3-26Water Flow 3-27

START CAPACITOR 3-29CAPACITOR KIT (EXPORT MODELS) 3-29POLY PUMP 3-29BELTS 3-30

Replacing Belts 3-30Belt Guard 3-30Pump Belt 3-31

BLEACH INJECTOR SYSTEM 3-31TUB COVER 3-32BALANCE RING 3-32CENTER SHAFT SEAL 3-33

SeaI Leaks 3-34INNER TUB 3-34

16010277(16001145-02) ©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

CONTENTS ii

Page 5: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Tub Centering 3-35MOUNTING STEM AND BOOT SEAL 3-35OUTER TUB 3-37TUB BEARING 3-39TRANSMISSION - ORBITAL 3-39

Agitation 3-39Spin 3-41

TRANSMISSION REPAIR PROCEDURE 3-42LIP SEAL 3-46DAMPER ASSEMBLY 3-48

Damper Pads 3-48Damper Replacement 3-49

BRAKE PACKAGE AND RADIAL BEARING 3-49DRIVE PULLEY AND ROTOR BEARING 3-52MOTOR CARRIAGE 3-53

Motor Ground Wire 3-55Motor Shield 3-55Motor Tension Springs 3-56

SERVICE PROCEDURES (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE 3-57CONSOLE REMOVAL 3-57SWITCH REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT 3-58INSTALLATION (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE 3-60

Drain Facility 3-60

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-'ELECTRICAL FAILURES - MICROPROCESSOR MODELS 4-1

Microprocessor Board Fault Codes 4-5ELECTRICAL - MECHANICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 4-6

Washer Will Not Fill (Timer Model) 4-6Washer Will Not Fill For A Specific Water Temperature Selection 4-6Will Not Agitate, Burns Belt 4-6Will Not Agitate - Motor Is Running , 4-7Will Not Agitate On Delicate Cycle, Fabric-Matic Models 4-7Washer Overflows 4-7No Cool - Down Fill 4-7Hot and Cold Water Temperatures Reversed 4-7Slow Fill 4-7Washer Will Not Fill For Rinse Cycle 4-7Fills With Water But Will Not Agitate 4-8Agitates Continuously - Timer Will Not Advance 4-8Will Not Spin 4-8

QUICK REFERENCE TROUBLESHOOTING 4-9ELECTRICAL-MECHANICAL TROUBLESHOOTING (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE 4-12

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS 5-'LAT9904 ..........................................................•..................................................................5-1LAT9824 5-2

16010277(16001145-02) ©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

CONTENTS iii

Page 6: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9804 5-3LAT9734 5-4LAT9714, LAT9704 5-5LAT9704AG* (EXPORT) ; 5-6LAW9704 5-7LAT9634 5-8LAT9614 5-9LAT9604, LAT8434, LAT8404 5-10LAT9334, LAT8214, LAT8104, LAT8014, LAT7334, LAT2914 5-11LAT9314, LAT9304, LAT7314, LAT7304 5-12LAT9304AG*, LAT7304AG* (EXPORT) 5-13LAW9304 5-14LAT8904 5-15LAT9804 5-16LAT8244 5-17LAT8804 5-18LAT8714 5-19LAT8704, LAT4914 5-20LAT8614 5-21LAT8604 5-22LAT8624, LAT5914 5-23LAT8504, LAT3914 5-24LAT8424, LAT8414 5-25LAT8234, LAT8204, LAT8034, LAT8024, LAT8004 5-26LAT6914 5-27LAT5005, LAT5004 5-28LAT5004AG* (EXPORT) 5-29LAT5006· LAT9206 5-30LAT9306 5-31LAT9406 5-32LAT9606 5-33LAT9706 5-34LAT9806 5-35LAT2300 5-36LAT2500 5-37LAT3500 5-38LAW2400 5-39

16010277(16001145-02) ©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

CONTENTS iv

Page 7: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

INTRODUCTION

Each model will be covered separately in a section that pertains only to its controlsystem and the components that make up that system. Because the basic structure forall washers is the same, they will be generally covered without regard to model.

Model's) covered in this manual: .

LAT2300LAT2500LAT2914LAT3500LAT4914LAT5004LAT5005LAT5914LAT6914LAT7304LAT7314LAT7334LAT8004LAT8014LAT8024LAT8034

LAT8104LAT8234LAT8214LAT8204LAT8404LAT8434LAT8414LAT8421LAT8424LAT8504LAT8604LAT8614LAT8624LAT8704LAT8804LAT8824

LAT8904LAT9304LAT9314LAT9334LAT9604LAT9614LAT9634LAT9704LAT9734LAT9714LAT9804LAT9824LAT9904LAW2400LAW9304LAW9704

For additional information on material covered in this manual, including safety issues,contact:

Maytag Appliances Sales Company ­Customer Service

240 Edwards Street, S.E.Cleveland, TN 37311

Phone: 423.472.3333

16010277(16001145-02) ©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

INTRODUCTION v

Page 8: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

PERSONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Note: As a general rule, appliance should always be disconnected from power sourcebefore attempting replacement of component parts.

This appliance must be properly grounded. Never plug the appliance into a receptaclewhich is not grounded adequately and in accordance with local and national codes. Seeinstallation instructions for grounding this appliance.

Appliances with the UL symbol on the data plate have been listed with Underwriters·Laboratories, Inc.: Those with a CSA Monogram on the data plate have been certified bythe CSA Testing Laboratories as complying with Canadian Standards Associationrequirements. Nevertheless, as with any equipment using electricity and having movingparts, there are potential hazards. To use this appliance safely, the operator shouldbecome familiar with the instructions for operation of the appliance and always exercisecare when using it.

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE AND WARNING

The California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (Proposition65) requires the Governor of California to publish a list of substances known to theState of California to cause cancer or reproductive harm, and requires business towarn customers of potential exposures to such substances.

Users of this appliance are hereby warned that the burning of gas can result in low­level exposure to some of the listed substances, benzene, formaldehyde and soot,due primarily to the incomplete combustion of natural gas or liquid petroleum (LP)fuels. Exhaust ducts should be kept free of obstructions and properly exhausteddryers will minimize exposure.

16010277(16001145-02) ©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

INTRODUCTION vi

Page 9: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION

SPECIFICATIONS

MAYTAG WASHER SPECIFICATIONS

CAPACITY 2.5 Cu. Ft.

MAX. Washer - 7 amps (except for motor starting surges)AMPERAGEDRAW

WATER USAGE • EX-Large -- 40 Gal. (33 Imp.); 151 lit.(Complete Cycle,

• Large -- 36 Gal. (30 Imp.); 136 lit.All Models)

• Medium -- 32 Gal. (27 Imp.); 121 lit.

• Small -- 28 Gal. (23 Imp.); 106 lit.

• Ex-Small-- 24 Gal. (20 Imp.); 91 lit.

• Mini - 18 Gal. (15 Imp.); 68 lit.

MOTOR 1/2 H.P.; 120 volt; 60 Hz reversible, thermoprotected against overload; auto-matic reset. Use Standard 15 amp fuse.

• Single speed: Models LAT5005

• Fabric-Matic: Models LAT7304, LAT9304

• Two speed: Models LAT9604, LAT9704, LAT9804, LAT9824, LAT9904

The washer control will be capable of controlling either a 120 volt @ 60 Hzthree-wire washer, or a 240 volt @ 50 Hz two-wire washer.

POWER USAGE 0.1 - 0.17 kwh depending on cycle

HOSE LE NGTHS Inlet 5 feet, (1.52 m).Drain 4 feet, (1.22 m).

INSTALLATION Hot and cold connections with water pressure within 30-120 p.s.i.(2.11-8.44kg/cm) range; 120°F. to 140°F. hot water; a drain; 120 volt, 60 Hz elec-trical outlet properly grounded and protected by a 15 amp fuse or ci rcuitbreaker.

APPROX. Crated - 225 Ibs. (102 kg); Uncrated - 200 Ibs. (91 kg).WEIGHT

16001145©1994 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

Page 10: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

WASHER FEA- LAT9904 LAT9824 LAT9l104 LA19704 LAT9604 LAT9304 LAT7304 LAT5005TURES

Capacity Super Super Super Super Super Super Large Large

Automatic X X X XPresoak Cyde

Knits/Delicate X X X X X X XCyde

Permanent Press X X X X X X X XCyde

Speed Combina- 4 2 2 2 Fabric-Matic ® Fabric-Matic® 1tions

Temperature Thermostatic 7 7 4 4 3 3 3Selections Control

Water Levels 5 Infi- Infi- Infi- 4 4 Infi- 2nite nite nite nile

Extra Rinse X X XOption

Bleach Dispenser X X X X

Self-Cleaning Lint X X X X X X XFilter

Fabric Softener X X X X X X X XDispenser

Water-Saver X XAvailable"

White Porcelain X X X X X X XTub

Sound Insulating X X X XQuiet-Pak™

Models Available 240150 240/50 240/50 240/50in ExportVoltage/Hertz

'" Water-Saver models are equipped wilh manual-dean lint filters.

Maytag reserves lhe right to change specifications without notice.

PRE-INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

..

,

Proper installation is the responsibilityof the purchaser.

Checkpoints for proper installation:

• Properly Grounded Electrical Outlet isrequired.

• Standpipe Drain System must be ableto accept 1 1/2" 0.0. drain hose.Standpipe height of 36" is recom­mended.

Note: Unit is not designed to pumpefficiently if standpipe is in excess of4 feet.

16001145

• Hot and Cold Water Faucets must bewithin 4 feet of the back of the washer.

• Laundry Tub Drain Systems (for usewith Water-Saver Models only). Tubcapacity to hold a minimum of 21gallons.

• Water Heater set to deliver 140°F.(600C) hot water to the washer.

• Protection from weather: do not storeor operate washer below 60°F (15 QC).

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-2©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 11: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

NOTE: Wiring diagrams are locatedinside the control panel.

OBSERVE ALL NATIONAL ELECTRICALCODES AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDI­NANCES

A 120 VOLT, 60 Hz, 15 ampere fusedelectrical supply is required. An indi­vidual branch (or separate) circuitservi ng only this appliance is recom­mended. NEVER USE AN EXTENSIONCORD

This washer is equipped with a powercord.

Export Models - 50 HZ and 60 HZ

A washer must be used on the voltageand frequency it was designed for. Itshould be operated on an individualbranch circuit and fused by no less thana 15 amp fuse or circuit breaker on220-240 volt units. Export models mayrequired the addition of a plug on thepower cord. It is the responsibility ofthe installer to assure that this hasbeen done properly, check the dataplate to be sure of voltage and line fre­quency reqUirements.

16001145

GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS

ELECTRICAL GROUND IS REQUIREDON THIS APPLIANCE

BEFORE OPERATING OR TESTING,follow grounding instructions inGrounding Section.

WARNING ------------,

To prevent unnecessary risk of fire,electrical shock or personal injury,all wiring and grounding must bedone in accordance with the NationalElectrical Code, ANSI/NFPA, No. 70,Latest Revision (for the UnitedStates) or the Canadian ElectricalCode CSA C22.1 (for Canada) andIO,cal codes and ordinances. It is thepersonal responsibility and obli­gation of the appliance owner toprovide adequate electrical servicefor this appliance.

EXPORT: Specific groundinginstructions must be determined due tovariation of electrical services.

Grounding Instructions

This appliance must be grounded. Inthe event of malfunction or breakdown,grounding will reduce the risk of elec­trical shock by providing a path of leastresistance for electric current. Thisappliance is equipped with a cordhaving an equipment-grounding con­ductor and a grounding plug. The plugmust be plugged into an appropriateoutlet that is properly installed andgrounded in accordance with all localcodes and ordinances.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-3©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 12: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

DANGER -----------,

Improper connection of th.eequipment-grounding conductor canresult in a risk of electric shock.Check with a qualified electrician ORSERVICEMAN if in doubt as towhether the appliance is properlygrounded.

Do not modify the plug provided withthe appliance. If it will not fit theoutlet, have a proper outlet installedby a qualified electrician.

ADDITIONAL GROUNDPROCEDURE-WHERE LOCAL CODEPERMITS.

An external ground wire, clamp andscrews are provided for assistance inmeeting local codes. Where approved,it is recommended this additionalground be installed. A proper externalground connection must be determinedprior to wire hookup. Consult localbuilding officials and qualifiedelectrician in the event any questionsexist.

NEVER CONNECT GROUND WIRE TOPLASTIC PLUMBING LINES, GAS ORHOT WATER PIPES. ALL GROUNDINGAND WIRING MUST BE DONE IN

ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ANDLOCAL CODES.

Grounding & Polarity

The receptacle used for all Maytag pro­ducts operating on 120 VAC must beproperly grounded and polarized.

The power cord used on the appliancesis equipped with a three (3) prongpolarized grounding plug for protectionagainst electrical shock and should beplugged directly into a properlygrounded and polarized receptacle.

Never cut or remove the groundingprong from this plug.

It is the responsibility of the personinstalling the appliance to assure it isadequately grounded and polarized atthe point of installation taking into con­sideration local conditions and require­ments. In cases where only a two (2)prong receptacle is available, it is thepersonal responsibility of the customerto have it replaced with a properlygrounded and polarized 3 prong recep­tacle. All grounding and wiring shouldbe done in accordance with nationaland local codes.

Insure That the Wall Outlet is ProperlyPolarized and Grounded.

16001145 SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-4©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 13: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Water Pressure Water Temperature

Water pressure of 30-120 p.s.i. isrequired to correctly fill the washer tothe proper levels. Pressures of lessthan 30 p.s.i. may cause a failure to thewater valve. The valve might not shutoff completely causing an extended orexceptionally long fill time.

Water inlet hoses packed with thewasher are 5' long. If longer or exten­sion hoses are needed, these are avail­able through Maytag Customer Service.

WARNING ------------,

TO AVOID THE POSSIBILITY OFWATER DAMAGE, SHOULD A HOSELEAK, ALWAYS HAVE FAUCETSACCESSIBLE AND TURN OFFFAUCETS WHEN WASHER IS NOT INUSE.

COLD - Same as cold water faucetsdeliver.

HOT - Same as hot water faucetsdeliver.

WARM - Any warm setting may vary intemperature depending on existing tem­peratures of the hot and cold water.Warm water is also a mixturedependent of the pressure of both hotand cold water supplies. This meanswarm water temperature is NOTthermostatically controlled and canvary in temperature range.

Cabinet Dimensions

SIDE VIEW

E= ColCD ...., ...'"

WATER~VALVE~

25"54.Bcm

BACK VIEW

O DRAIN HOSE..........COVER PLATEFOR WATER SAVER

MODELS

0=

o

27".. •68.6cm

--~ -

~

/

/

Iff!'II

Ii

~ E- ~:iifJ

""'ECol

~Cll!"0....

1- -

E= Colco ...., ...

'"

16001145 SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-5·©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 14: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Drain Facility

Recommended height of standpipe is36". Standpipe must be large enough toaccept a 1 1/2" outside diameter drainhose.

Note: Unit is not designed to pump effi­ciently if standpipe is in excess of 4feet.

Standard automatic washers areequipped with a built-in siphon break.Water Saver models are not equippedwith a siphon break so the drain hosemust be elevated to height of 36". Pref­erably a 36" high standpipe is recom­mended. On installations where thedrain hose cannot be conveniently ele­vated to 36" an accessory Siphon Breakis available.

WITHOUT THE 36" HIGH ELEVATION ORA SIPHON BREAK, WATER MAY RUNOUT OF THE WASHER PREMATURELY.Should the washer fill and drain at thesame time, this would indicate that thedrain hose has not been elevated to theproper height. Drain facilities must becapable of handling a 1 1/2" outsidediameter drain hose.

WATER-SAVER MODELS

The diverter valve is located in thelower left-hand corner on the backsideof the washer.

The suds hose (hose with longgooseneck) connects to the top divertervalve outlet. The other end of the hoseis cut at an angle to prevent sedimentfrom returning to the washer. Placesuds hose into a 21 gallon minimumcapacity storage tank. This hose mustbe in a straight line to the storage tankand be able to reach the bottom of the

16001145

tank. Secure the hose to the tank toprevent the hose from coming out.

The drain hose is connected to thebottom diverter valve outlet. The otherend goes into the standpipe. If a 36"standpipe is not available, a siphonbreak must be installed to elevate thedrain hose. Hold the siphon break inplace (where it will be secured to backof washer) and cut the drain hose.Assemble the drain hose to the siphonbreak open end with clamp. The closedend of the siphon break points up.Mount the siphon break and drain hosegoing to drain facility with clamp andscrew through hole provided at upperleft side on back of washer.

If the drain hose needs to be extendedto reach the drain facility, attach theextension hose section to the siphonbreak using a coupler.

CD-OJDo not extend gooseneck end or cutgooseneck end off. Be sure eachsection of hose is securely pushed overthe ends of the coupler and should joinat approximately the middle of thecoupler.

Now that the drain hose is elevated 36"with the siphon break, it can go into afloor drain or low standpipe.

ALL MODELS

Note: CAUTION MUST ALWAYS BEEXERCISED TO AVOID "KINKING" THEDRAIN HOSE. For best performance the

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-6©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 15: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

drain hose should not be restricted inany way, through elbows, coupling orexcessive lengths. All unnecessarydrain hose should be cut off to avoidrestrictions.

Flooring

For best performance the washer mustbe installed on a solid floor. Wood floorconstructions may sometimes need tobe reinforced to minimize vibrationfrom unbalanced load situations.Carpets and soft tile surfaces are alsocontributing factors in vibration and/ortendency for a washer to move slightlyduring spin cycle. A special carpetinstallation kit is available as an acces­sory to provide a solid base for eachleveling leg. It is composed of foursmall steel plates which can be"nailed" to a wooden, carpeted floor.These plates will reduce vibrationbetween leveling leg of washer andfloor surface.

NEVER install washer on a platform orweak support structure.

Location Considerations

It is recommended the,washer never beinstalled in areas where water mayfreeze since the washer will alwaysmaintain some water in the water valve,pump and hose areas. This can causedamage to belts, pump, hoses and othercomponents. Operating temperatureshould be above 60°F.

16001145

Temperature Considerations

Since the washer always maintainssome water in the water valve, pumpand hose areas, it is recommended thewasher never be installed in areaswhere water may freeze. This cancause damage to belts pump, hosesand other components.

COLD WEATHER STORAGE

If a washer is to be stored where itwould be subject to freezing conditions,the following precautions should betaken:

1. Turn off water supply, remove anddrain inlet hoses.

2. Set timer to a fill cycle and energizewater valve by depressing a warmwater setting. A few seconds is suf­ficient.

3. Disconnect from electrical supply.

4. Remove two front panel screws andremove front panel.

5. Remove the hose clamps and drainthe water from the drain hose andpump by lowering the drain hose tofloor level.

Lubrication

No routine lubrication or adjustmentsare required to maintain this product.This does not mean the product willnever need attention.

Finish

The cabinet and external finishes areprotected against rust to keep theproduct looking well for many years.As with any other piece of equipment,

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·7©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 16: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

cleaning and waxing maintains thebeauty of these finishes.

CAUTION ----------,

If "spilled" or used improperly,bleaches and other stronglaundering chemicals can perma­nently spot or stain finishes unlesswiped off immediately.

The top cover, lid and inner tub of thewasher have a porcelain enamel finish.Since porcelain is actually "glass"which is bonded to metal, it is verydurable. However, care should beexercised to avoid damage from objectsor tools used around and in the product.Porcelain can be chipped.

Water Damage From Flooding

In the event the washer should beexposed to water from basementflooding, always unplug the product andhave a qualified Maytag technicianinspect appliance before any attempt ismade to operate the unit. Never washproduct inside and out with a garden·hose or pressure cleaning system.

INSTALLATION

Instructions for Installation:

Parts and literature are packagedinside of washer tub. Lift tub block toremove items. Replace Tub Block andtape lid shut. After installation is com­pleted be sure to remove Tub Block.

16001145

1. With the tub block in place and lidtaped shut, lay two of the cartoncorner posts on the floor. Tipwasher forward on its front so it willlay across both corner posts.

2. Remove the crate wires holdingcrate base to base frame. This canbe done with a screwdriver.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-8©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 17: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

3. You now have access to all 4leveling legs.

4. Loosen leveling leg locking nuts.Set washer in upright position.

\

16001145

5. Place hose screen on each washerinlet hose. Screen should bepointing out to fit into faucet outlet.

6. Connect hoses to the faucets, bleedthe water lines.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-9©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 18: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

o

Water Saver Models

The sudshose (A) connects to thetop diverter valve outlet. The otherend of the hose to the storage tank.

The drainhose (8) is connected tothe bottom diverter valve outlet. Theother end goes into the standpipe. Ifa 36/1 standpipe is not available, asiphon break (C) must be installed toelevate the drain hose. (See DrainFacility, Water Saver Models.)

9. Standard Models

Install drain hose and clamp oversiphon break tube on the back of thewasher. Tighten clamp securely.

}

7. Insert hose washer to end of eachwater inlet hose.

H

8. Connect hoses to the washer, HOTon top and COLD on bottom. Turnon water supply and check for leaks.

16001145 SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·10©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 19: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

10. Place the gooseneck end of thedrain hose into the standpipe.

11. Prepare to put washer in place byadjusting leveling legs.

16001145

12. With a level, check washer andmake necessary adjustments toleveling legs.

13. Once level, tighten leveling leglocking nuts with a wrench.

14. Install vinyl feet on leveling legs.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·11©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 20: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

15. Check unit again with a level. Besure that machine does not rock.

16. Connect groundwire to back of unitby using wire supplied (found in theaccessory package in washer tub).Secure other end of ground wirewith clamp (also in accessorypackage) to COLD water pipe.

16001145

17. Plug power cord into properlygrounded electrical outlet.

18. Move washer into position. Removetape from lid. Open lid to removetub block.

19. Check operation using check list:

Check List:

• Tub Block, accessory package andinstructions have been removed fromtub.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-12©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 21: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• Washer is properly grounded andplugged into a polarized electricaloutlet.

• Water is turned on. Check for leaks atfaucet and water valve connections.

• Drain hose is properly located intodrain facility and is not kinked.

• Washer has been leveled with legsfirmly on floor, leveling leg lock nutshave been tightened and vinyl feet areinstalled.

• Fill washer. Checking correct watertemperature.

• After washer has filled, let washeragitate.

• Spin water out.

ELECTRICAL TESTEQUIPMENT

The equipment required to serviceMaytag products depends largely uponthe condition encountered. Locating amalfunction will often require the use ofelectrical testing equipment such as:

• Appliance Test Meter

• Clamp-on Ammeter

• Motor Test Cord

Appliance Test Meter

CAUTION -----------,

Always disconnect power supplybefore making continuity checks ortaking resistance readings.

An Appliance Test Meter is a multi­purpose tester combining an AC-DCvoltage tester with a multi-rangeohmmeter.

16001145

Probably the easiest means of testingelectrical components is "continuitytesting" with an appliance test meter.Continuity is a complete or continuouspath from one point in an electricalcircuit to another point.

The obvious advantages of being ableto check electrical components and cir­cuits without power applied is one ofthe features of the ohmmeter. Multipleranges allow accurate determination ofresistances of both single componentsand entire circuit paths. Resistance ismeasured in "ohms".

SET METER FOR USE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Calibrate meter by touching testprobes together and turningadjusting dial until meter reads "0"on the ohm scale. Recheck cali­bration whenever adjusting dial forohms settings is changed. (Replacebattery if adj ustment wi II not bri ngmeter reading to "0".)

2. Select the scale most easily readand place test probes on respectiveterminals. When checking a switch,the reading would normally beeither open or closed. A reading of70 on the R x 10 scale would forexample be 700 ohms resistance.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-13©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 22: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

~f "\E cco"__J-'gg

CAUTION ----------,

Always be sure the power has beendisconnected before making resist­ance measurements. Failure to doso will result in damage to yourmeter! Internal batteries provide allthe power needed to make resist­ance checks. They should bechecked at least once a year andreplaced as needed.

For the most part, we will only be con­cerned with continuity. Is there a pathor not? References are made betweena "closed" (continuity) reading and an"open" (no continuity) reading. Onenote, when you get an "open" reading,try a higher resistance range (setting).A very high resistance appears as an"open" on the lower ranges. For bestaccuracy always "re-zero" meter whenchanging ranges and/or the physicalposition of the meter.

Continuity testing, as related to an elec­trical component, is the check of a partfor an "open" or "closed" circuit.

16001145

Electrical components fall into twogeneral categories.

1. LOADS - Devices that use orconsume electricity. Exampleswould include drive motor, heatingelements, lamps, timer and solenoidcoils.

2. SWITCHES - Devices that controlthe supply of electricity to the loador loads in a circuit. Examplesinclude door switches, timer con­tacts, selector switch and relay con­tacts.

Continuity tests of "load" devices willshow varying levels of resistance fromvery low for some transformer andmotor windings to very high for sometimer motors and components on elec­tronic control boards. Usually it is moreimportant to know if there is a path forcurrent flow through a device (conti­nuity) than to know the exact resistance(ohms) of the device.

Continuity tests of switches will showvirtually no resistance across closedcontacts. Resistance, even low valuesindicates burned or dirty contacts in aswitch.

Continuity testing is a process of elimi­nating those electrical componentsinvolved in a given function of the appli­ance, until the inoperative part is found.By reviewing the list of possible elec­trical problems under a given condition,and then performing appropriate conti­nuity checksQn the parts involved, youshould be able to locate the electricalcomponent which is inoperative.

When checking components or circuitpaths for continuity, external wiringshould be disconnected to eliminatefalse readings through external paths.Isolate what you want to test.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-14©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 23: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Resistance Checks: The following chartshows typical resistance values for

some of the components found on thewasher.

WASHER

Water Valve Solenoid Coil

120V SOO - 900 ohms

24V 140 - 160 ohms

Motor Windings

Main Winding 2 ohms

Start Winding 4 ohms

Motor RelayCoil (small terminals) 490 ohms

Motor Reversion Relay Coi I (small terminals) 350 ohms

Voltage Checks

CAUTION ---------.,

Use extreme care when checkingvoltage.

For the most part these checks willconsist of taking readings at the wallreceptacle in order to determine theavailability of voltage to the product.Voltage checks on individual compo­nents of a product are NOT recom­mended due to the possibility ofelectrical shock. Component parttesting is best accomplished throughconti nuity checks with an Appl ianceTest Meter. (See section on ApplianceTest Meter under ELECTRICAL TESTEQUIPMENT of this chapter.)

16001145

Note: Use of the meter on voltagehigher than the indicated range maycause permanent damage to the meter.To prevent damage, first select highestrange and then lower the range forreadings which fall within the lowerscale.

SET UP METER FOR USE AS FOllOWS:

1. Turn selector knob to desired meterfunction and appropriate range.

2. Plug black lead into socket marked(-) negative.

3. Plug red lead into socket marked( +) positive.

4. Place test leads into receptacle inorder to determine voltage avail­able.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-15©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 24: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

~o

..

120 VOLTS AC oVOLTS AC 120 VOLTS AC

Using Voltmeter As A ContinuityTester

CAUTION ------------,

Always disconnect power supplybefore making continuity checks ortaking resistance readings.

While we normally think of continuitytesting as only an ohmmeter function, avoltmeter can also be used, particularlywhen testing switch contacts. Theprimary difference is that power isapplied to the circuit under test andappropriate caution MUST be exer­cised.

The voltmeter is connected across thecomponent terminals with the wires stillin place and with power disconnected.

16001145

The meter is set for the 300 volt rangeand power is reconnected. A voltagereading indicates a voltage drop acrossthe component. There should be novoltage drop across closed switch con­tacts or fuses.

The voltmeter connected across ther­mostat terminal, as an example, willshow no reading when the thermostat iscalling for heat and will show linevoltage when the thermostat cycles iftimer is in heat cycle.

This type of continuity testing is anexcellent method at locating question­able switch contacts. Any voltage dropacross closed switch contacts indicatespoor electrical contact. The resultantinternal heating can shorten componentlife.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-16©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 25: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Using Meter For TemperatureReadings

(50°F. to 300°F.)

Washer - Water temperature readingsare most accurate when the temper­ature probe is lowered partially into afull tub of water (HOT-COLO-WARM).

SET UP METER FOR USE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Turn selector knob to TEMP.

2. Insert black negative lead of temper­ature probe into black socketmarked (-) negative.

3. Insert red positive lead of temper­ature probe into red socket marked(+) positive.

4. To calibrate meter, touch black plugfrom red positive Iead to black nega­tive lead and turn calibration dialuntil needle aligns with CAL.

5. Probe is ready to use - read bluescale on meter face marked TEMP.

Clamp-On Ammeter

16001145

Each circuit in an appliance has a"normal" current draw which is an indi­cation of the performance of that circuit.Current draw levels, less than or morethan normal, give clues to malfunctions.The clamp-on ammeter measures thesecurrents without breaking the circuit bymeasuri ng the strength of the magneticfield developed around each conductor.Current is read by separating the con­ductors and clamping the jaws of theammeter around each conductor onwhich current is to be read. Lowamperage readings indicate problemssuch as damaged heating elements,etc. High amperage readings indicatethe unit being tested is operating underan increased mechanical or electricalload.

Note: Overloads on a circuit breakeror fuse can be traced to the productbeing tested or the ci rcuit breaker (orfuse) by checking the product's currentdraw. If the amperage reading is lessthan the breaker readi ng, the breakeror fuse box is at fault.

Note: A wattmeter reading will providebetter information than an ammeter asit gives a more accurate indication.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-17©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 26: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

AMPERAGE CHART

WASHER

Spin - Start

Spin

Full Tub

Water in Tub

Full Speed Water Out

6.0 amps

6.5 amps

6.0 amps

VOLTAGE CHECKS WITH AMMETER

Voltage readings may be taken by using the leads supplied with the meter. The meteris preset to read on the 0-300 VAC scale but can be dropped down to 0-150 VAC rangeby depressing the red button on the side of the meter.

Motor Test Cord

NOTE

Always plug test cord into agrounded receptacle.

16001145

A motor test cord may be used to elec­trically check operation of the variouselectrical components without removingthem from the unit. Testing in thismanner merely determines whether ornot the part will function independentlyof other electrical components. In orderto make accurate tests, proper con­nection of the motor test cord is impor­tant. With the aid of the drawings underDrive Motor Test, installation of themotor test cord may be done quicklyand accurately.

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-18©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 27: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

DRIVE MOTOR TEST - WASHER

The motor may be checked in thewasher or removed and checked on thebench.

Washer Single Speed - Reversible­Drive Motor

A. Live test - Use Caution.

Parts Supplied for Installation

• Drain hose

• Drain hose clamp

• 2 Inlet hoses

• 2 Hose Washers

• 2 Hose screens

• Ground clamp & screw

• Ground screw & washer

• 4 Vinyl feet for washer legs

• Literature

16001145

1. Disconnect washer power source.

All four leads of the test cord arerequired to test the washer drive motor.The following drawing shows installa­tion of the test cord on washer drivemotor, (agitate cycle). Reversing themotor to spin is accomplished byreversing wires Band C.

32RD

-_>JRD DRIVEh;"'-"':::"'---<-)o""--.., MOTOR

RUN'WINDING,

OVERLOADPROTECTOR~ .....

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1-19©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 28: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

GENERAL INFORMATION (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE

MULTI FABRICALL

2-SPEEDDEPENDABLE CARE FABRICFEATURES & CYCLES

LAT5006 LAT9206 LAT9306 LAT9406 LAT9606 LAT9706 LAT9806

Capacity Large Super Super Super Super Super Super

Cycles 7 7 8 9 10 14 14

Double Wash X

Regular

Extra Heavy X X X X X

Heavy X X X X X X X

Normal X X X X X X X

Light X X X X X X X

Easy Care/Permanent Press

Heavy X X X X X X X

Normal X X X X X X X

Light X X X X X X X

Hand Washables X

Delicate

Heavy X X

Normal X X X X X

Light X X X X

Sensi/Care Normal X X

Sensi/Care Light X X

Quick Cycle X X

Soak Cycle X X

Presoak X

Extra Rinse Option X X X

Extra Spin Option X X

Temp Selections 3 3 3 4 4 4 7

Energy Saver X

Speed Combinations 1 1 1 2 2 3 4

Water Levels 3 5 5 5 Infinite Infinite Infinite

Bleach Dispenser X X X X X

Indicator Lights 3 3

Sound Package Quiet Quiet Quiet Quiet Quiet Plus Quiet Plus QP2

Type Of Control Rotary Rotary Rotary RotaryPush Push Push

Button Button Button

Color Availability E E/M E/M E/M E/M E/M E/M

QP2=Quiet Plus 2 E=Monochromatic White M=Monochromatic Almond

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION '·20

Page 29: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

MAYTAG DEPENDABLE CARE WASHER SPECIFICATIONS

AMPERAGE DRAW Maximum of 7 amps (except for motor starting surges)

Super - 40 Gal. (33 Imp.); 151 Liter.Large - 36 Gal. (30 Imp.); 136 Liter.Medium - 32 Gal. (27 Imp.); 121 Liter.

WASHER USAGE Small - 28 Gal. (23 Imp.); 106 Liter.Mini - 24 Gal. (20 Imp.); 91 Liter.[Double Wash· Add additional fill: 19 Gal. (14 Imp.); 64 Liter.[Permanent Press· Add additional spray rinses: 3 Gal. (2 Imp.); 11 Liter.]

MOTOR 1/2 H.P.; 120 Volt/60 Hz reversible, thermoprotected against overload;automatic reset. Use standard 15 amp fuse/circuit breaker

POWER USAGE 0.1 ·0.17 KWH depending on cycle.

HOSE LENGTHSInlet 5 feet, (1.52 m).Drain 4 feet, (1.22 m).

Hot and cold connections with water pressure within 30-120 p.s.i.

INSTALLATION (2. 11-8.44kg/cm range; 120°F. to 140°F. hot water; a drain standpipe withminimun height of 30 - 36 inches; 120 VAC 60 Hz grounded receptacleprotected by a 15 amp fuse/circuit breaker.

APPROX. WEIGHT Crated - 220 Ibs. (91 kg); Uncrated - 180 Ibs. (82 kg).

LAUNDRY CYCLES:

Regular CycleUsed for most wash loads, comprised ofExtra Heavy, Heavy, Normal and Light.Duration of the cycles are:

SELECTION SOILED ITEM TIME(MIN.)

Extra HeavyHeavy-work

16-18clothes, uniforms

Heavy Heavy 13-15

Normal Average 10-12

Light Light 7-9

Easy Care/Permanent PressMinimizes wrinkles with a cool-downspray rinse following the wash, com­prised of Heavy, Normal and Light. Dura­tion of cycles are:

SELECTION SOILED ITEMTIME(MIN.)

Heavy Heavy 10-14

Normal Average 7-9

Light Light 5-6

2-Speed DelicateCycle for items requiring delicate washaction because of their construction.

SELECTION SOILED ITEMTIME(MIN.)

Heavy Heavy 13-15

Normal Average 10-12

Light/Quick Light 7-9

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·21

Page 30: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

All Fabric DelicateProvides alternating periods of wash andsoak.

SOILED ITEMTIME

SELECTION(MIN.)

Normal Average 10-12

SENSI·CARE for Hand WashablesA special cycle found on select 2-speedwashers (14 cycle models) to gently andeffectively wash/rinse items labeledI/hand washablel/. The washer alternatesbetween periods of delicate wash andsoak for a total of 10 minutes. In addi­tion, an extra rinse option may be se­lected for more complete removal oflaundry additives at the end of the cycle.It is helpful for people with a skin sensi­tivity to various dyes and/or perfumes inlaundry additives.

SOILED ITEMTIME

SELECTION(MIN.)

Normal Average 10 Approx.

Light Light 6 Approx.

Hand WashableSame as the SENSI·CARE cycle exceptthere are no variable wash times and noextra-rinse option available. Found on 10Cycle, 2 speed washers.

Double WashVirtually eliminates the need for pretreatproducts while providing comparablestain removal performance. Granular orliquid laundry detergent is placed in thebottom of the tub prior to loadingclothes. Then liquid detergent is placed inthe gray detergent cup on the top of theagitator for the second wash. In opera­tion, the first tub of water will be spun out

at the end of the first wash. This will alsodispense the liquid detergent for thesecond wash prior to the second freshwater fill.

Super WashProvides up to 24 minutes of wash forvery heavily soiled durable loads.

PresoakAdds approximately 8 minutes of washand soak to the beginning of the cycle.The timer advances from soak directlyinto the wash cycle without draining thetub. Saves time, detergent, water andenergy. Uses only one tub of water andthe user doesn't have to come back tostart a wash cycle. Found on the selectedRegular cycles.

Soak OnlyDesigned to soak heavily soiled orstained items. (For best additive perfor­mance, the soak time should not exceed30 minutes.) The user is able to manuallyadvance the washer into any cycle anddecide whether to drain and fill the tubwith fresh water or to advance into acycle without draining.

Light/Quick CycleProvides approximately 7 - 9 minutes ofwash for lightly soiled items.

16001145-01 SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·22© 1997 Maytag Corporation

Page 31: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAUNDRY OPTIONS:

Extra RinseWhen selected, the rinse occurs at theend of the cycle for more complete re­moval of laundry additives. Helpful forindividuals with skin sensitivities or thosewith a sudsing problem in soft waterconditions.

Extra SpinCan be selected on 14 cycle, 2-speedwashers to provide an additional 2 min­utes of spin time at the end of the cyclefor improved extraction of absorbentloads. It will be the same speed as thespin speed selected on the pushbutton.

Energy SaverReduces the hot water usage, thus savingthe customer money in water heater use.The washer's water valve will restrict theamount of incoming hot water on hot orwarm wash water selection and allowslightly more cold water into the tub.

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·23

Page 32: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1·24

..

Page 33: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SECTION 2. CONTROLS

The following charts illustrate a brief overview of each model series and the cyclefunctions of operation sequence. Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit fortesting.

• Agitation and soak times will vary with the number of minutes selected.

• Under certain conditions, the spray rinse may not occur.

Note: The washer will pause briefly throughout each cycle. These pauses arenormal.

A9824,A9804

PERMANENT PRESS FINE WASH PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICS EXTRA RINSE

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Off or RII & RinseCool Down Spi n Soak Soak Spin Spin & SprayAgitate Agitate Agitate Spin & Spray SpinSpin Spin Soak SpinFill & Rinse Spin & Spray Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Fill & Rinse Spin & SpraySpin Spin & Spray SpinOff Spin

Off

A8904,A8824,A8804,A6914

PERMANENT PRESS QUICK CYCLE PRESOAK REGULAR FABRICS EXTRA RINSE

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Off or Fi II & RinseCool Down Spi n Spin Pause Spin Spin & SprayFill & Agitate Spin & Spray Agitate Spin & Spray SpinSpin Fill & Rinse Pause SpinFill & Rinse Spin & Spray Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin Spin & SpraySpin Off SUPER-WASH (8904) SpinOff

Fill & Wash

A9334,A8504,A8214,A8104,A8014,A7334,A3914,A2914

PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES INFINITE SOAK REGULAR FABRICS

Fill & Wash Fill & Agitate Fill & Wash Fill & WashCool Down Pause Infinite SoC!k SpinFill & Agitate Agitate Spin & SpraySpin Pause SpinFill & Rinse Agitate Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin Spin & SpraySpin Spin & Spray SpinOff Fill & Rinse

Spin & SpraySpinOff

16001145 SECTION 2. CONTROLS©1994 Maytag Corporation

2·1

Page 34: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

A8434,A8404,A9614,A9604

PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES REGULAR FABRICS

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & WashWash-Pause Wash-Pause Wash-PauseCool Down Spin SpinAgitate Spin & Spray Spin & SpraySpin Spin SpinFill & Rinse Fill & Rinse Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin & Spray Spin & SpraySpin Spin SpinOff Off

A9714,A9704,A8714,A8624,A8614,A8604,A5914

PERMANENT DELICATES QUICK CYCLE SUPER-WASH (8614, 8604) REGULAR FABRICSPRESS

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & WashCool Down Spi n Spin Spin SpinFill & Agitate Spin & Spray Spin & Spray PRESOAK Spin & SpraySpin Fill & Rinse Fill & Rinse (9714,9704,8714,8624,5914) SpinFill & Rinse Spin & Spray Spin & Spray Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin Spin

Fill & WashSpin & Spray

Spin Off Off SpinOff Soak

AgitateSoak

A9734

PERMANENT DELICATES QUICK CYCLE INRNtTE SOAK REGULAR FABRICSPRESS

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & WashCool Down Spi n Spin Spin Infinite Soak SpinFill & Agitate Spin & Spray Spin &Spray Spin & SpraySpin Fill & Rinse Fill & Rinse SpinFill & Rinse Spin & Spray Spin & Spray Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin Spin Spin & SpraySpin Off Off SpinOff

A9634,A8704,A8424,A8414,A4914

PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES INFINITE SOAK REGULAR FABRICS

Fill & Wash Fill &Wash Fill & Wash Fill & WashCool Down Spi n Spin Infinite Soak SpinFill & Agitate Spin & Spray Spin & SpraySpin Fill & Rinse SpinFill & Rinse Spin & Spray Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin Spin & SpraySpin Off SpinOff

16001145 SECTION 2. CONTROLS©1994 Maytag Corporation

2-2

Page 35: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

A9314,A9304,A8234,A8204,A8034,A8024,A8004,A7314,A7304

PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES REGULAR FABRICS

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & WashCool Down Pause SpinFill & Agitate Agitate Spin & SpraySpin Pause SpinFill & Rinse Spin Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin & Spray Spin & SpraySpin Fill & Rinse SpinOff Spin & Spray

SpinOff

WATER SAVER - LAW9704

PERMANENT DELICATES QUICK CYCLE SUDS RETURN REGULAR FABRICSPRESS

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Suds Return Fill & WashCool Down Spi n Spin Spin Off SpinFill & Agitate Spin & Spray Spin & Spray Spin & SpraySpin Fill & Rinse Fill & Rinse SpinFill & Rinse Spin & Spray Spin & Spray Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin Spin Spin & SpraySpin Off Off SpinOff

WATER SAVER - LAW9304

PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES SUDS RETURN REGULAR FABRICS

Fill & Wash Fill & Wash Suds Return Fill & WashCool Down Pause SpinFill & Agitate Agitate Spin & SpraySpin Pause SpinFill & Rinse Spin Fill & RinseSpin & Spray Spin & Spray Spin & SpraySpin Fill & Rinse SpinOff Spin & Spray

SpinOff

A5005, A5004

PERMANENT PRESS REGULAR FABRICS

Fill & Wash Fill & WashWash-Pause Wash-PauseCool Down SpinFi II & Agitate Spin & SpraySpin SpinFill & Rinse FillSpin & Spray RinseSpin Spin & SprayOff Spin

16001145 SECTION 2. CONTROLS©1994 Maytag Corporation

2-3

Page 36: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CONTROL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Features may vary according to model

"

LAT9904

Washer Operating Instructions

Pressing one of the nine Program keyspowers up the control, and initiates theselected program. All other washerkeys are inoperable until a programselection is made. (When a pad isproperly pressed, an audible tone willbe heard and a red indicator will light.)The pre-programmed wash cycles auto­matically provide warm water washes,cold water rinses and extra large waterlevels.

Cycle selection can be changed whilethe washer is filling by pressing anothercycle pad. After the fill is complete, thecycle cannot be changed. If the pre­programmed options are not appro­priate for the load:

• Change the wash temperature bypressing the WASH TEMP ADJUSTpad.

16001145

• Change the load size by pressing theWATER LEVEL ADJUST pad.

• Change the wash time by pressing theTIME ADJUST pad - T to decreasetime or .. to increase time.

• Select other desired options bypressing the appropriate pads.

Select the Wash Program or Cycle

If a previous load has not beenremoved, the washer will not acknowl­edge the cycle selection. The word"lid" will appear in the monitor. To con­tinue, the lid must be raised andlowered and the wash cycle re­selected.

For Regular Fabrics, press the center ofthe "Regular" pad. After a slight pause,the washer will immediately beginfilling and automatically select an"Extra Large" Water Level, WarmWash/Cold Rinse and 10 minutes of agi­tation. ("10" will appear in the DigitalDisplay.)

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·4©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 37: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

For Permanent Press Loads, Press the"Permanent Press" pad. After a slightpause, the washer will immediatelybegin filling and automatically select an"Extra Large" Water Level, WarmWash/Cold Rinse and 8 minutes of agi­tation. ("Wash 8 Minutes" will appear inthe Monitor.) Since this cycle featuresa cool down rinse to minimize wrinklingwhen hot or energy-saver hot washtemperatures are used.

For Knit and Delicate Loads, (delicatelyconstructed knits, sheer fabrics, lacetrimmed and embroidered items,lingerie, foundation garments,washable woolens and "HandWashable" items) press the"Knits/Delicates" pad. After a slightpause, the washer will automaticallyselect an "Extra Large" Water Level,Warm Wash/Cold Rinse and 6 minutesof GENTLE agitation. ("Wash 6Minutes" will appear in the Monitor.)

Customized Care Cycles

The CUSTOM CYCLE 1 and CUSTOMCYCLE 2 pads can each be pro­grammed with a customized cycle tocare for special loads.

To program, first press the desiredcycle pad (Regular, Perm. Press, etc.)and make the necessary changes inwash temperature, water level, washtime, rinse selections and options.When all the selections have beenmade, press the custom pad and holduntil a long tone is heard.

Note: The first time CUSTOM CYCLEpads are used, the pad must be helduntil three tones are heard followed bythe long tone.) The toners) indicatesthe customized cycle has been pro­grammed. The next time that specialcycle is needed, simply press the

16001145

custom pad. The custom cycles can bechanged at any time by repeating thisprocedure.

Special Cycles

The Fine Wash cycle is designed for"hand washable" items. The washerwill agitate and soak alternately for atotal of 6 minutes with 2 minutes of thatbeing a GENTLE agitation. The cyclecontinues with a rinse and SLOW FINALSPIN. To select, press the FINE WASHpad. After a slight pause, the washerwill fill and automatically select anExtra Large Water Level and WarmWash/Cold Rinse. "Wash 6 Minutes"will appear in the Monitor.

For Soak Only, press the "Soak" pad.After a slight pause, the washer willimmediately begin filling and automat­ically select an "Extra Large" WaterLevel, Cold Water and 30 minutes ofsoak with brief periods of agitation."Soak 30 Minutes" will appear in themonitor. After the soak period, thewasher will spin and drain the water.Use this program for soaking heavilysoiled or stained items, without thewasher advancing into a wash cycle.

The load size and water temperaturecan be changed by pressing the appro­priate load and water temperaturepads. The soak time can be decreasedby pressing the .... pad.

For an extended soak period, press andhold the'" pad, two dashes "--" willappear in the display during fill and agi­tation. The washer will shut off, contin­uing to soak for an indefinite length oftime and will not drain. Simply pressthe "Spin" pad to spin and drain the tub.Generally, soak periods up to 30minutes are sufficient for most loads.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-5©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 38: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Note: Allow the washer to completethe entire spin cycle (5 minutes) toavoid the next cycle beginning with aspin.

For Rinse, press the "Rinse" pad torinse a load. After a slight pause, thewasher will fill and automatically selectan "Extra Large large" Water Level,Cold Water and 2 minutes of agitation."Rinse 2 Minutes" will appear in thedisplay.

The load size and rinse temperaturecan be changed by touching the appro~

priate Load pad or the "Warm Ri nse"pad. The rinse agitation time can beincreased to 8 minutes by pressing the~ pad.

For Spin, press the "Spin" pad. Thespin cycle is used to drain the tub orspin out a load. The washer tub willbegin spinning and automatically selecta 5 minute spin. "Spin 5 Minutes" willappear in the display. The spin timecan be increased (up to 8 minutes) ordecreased by pressing the (~ or"MORE") or ( ... or "LESS") pad.

Changing and Monitoring Programs

You can change back and forth to anywash cycle until the washer fill is com­plete. A Washer Cycle Program, Loador Water selection can be changed bypressing another pad before the fill isfinished. Options are selected bypressing the pad once or canceled bypressing the pad again. The ~ or ...pads are pressed to lengthen or shortena portion of a program. Pressing the"OFF" pad stops the washer andcancels all selections.

The progress of the washer programcan be monitored by noting the location

16001145

of the red sequence lights for eachportion of the program -- SOAK, WASH,RINSE, S-RINSE, and SPIN. The numberof minutes remaining in each portion ofa program appears in the DigitalDisplay.

IMPORTANT: If a washer program isselected while the lid is open, "Lid" willappear in the display and you mustraise and lower the lid and re-selectwash cycle. The washer will not agitateor spin unless the lid is closed.

Select the Proper Water Level

Since the "Extra Large" Water Level isautomatically selected, the water levelneeds changed only if the load is smallor medium in size. Simply press thecorresponding load size pad for theappropriate water level.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Extra Large - Use this setting whenthe tub is 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Large - Use this setting when the tubis 1/2 to full of clothes.

• Medium - Use this setting when thetub is 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Small - Use this setting when the tubis 1/4 to 1/3 full of clothes.

• Mini - Less than 1/4 full of clothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-6

)

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 39: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Select Water Temperature

Household water heaters should be setto deliver a minimum of 120°F. (49°C.)water to the washer for the hot washsetting. Other temperatures options arethermostatically controlled by thewasher to assure consistent temper­atures, improve cleaning and saveenergy.

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

A Warm Wash/Cold Rinse is automat­ically selected with all wash cycles.The water temperature can be changedby pressing the WASH TEMP ADJUSTpad. There are five temperatures avail­able as indicated by the thermometersymbol in the Monitor. They are:

• HOT

• ENERGY SAVER HOT

• WARM

• ENERGY SAVER WARM

• COLD

Select Wash Time

The amount of time chosen will be dis­played for approximately 10 seconds inthe Monitor when a cycle is firstselected.

Then the Time Monitor will convert tothe approximate total minutesremaining in the cycle.

Select Options (if desired)

Options are selected by pressing thepad once or canceled by pressing thepad again.

Slow Spin

Pressing this pad provides a slow spinspeed on any cycle selected.

Off

Pressing this pad cancels all selectionsand stops the washer.

Automatic Presoak is ideal for heavilysoiled or stained loads of Regular, Per­manent Press or Delicate items. It willsoak with brief periods of agitation for aselected time and automaticallyadvance into a wash cycle withoutdraining.

The wash time can be increased ordecreased on any cycle by pressing the~ pad to increase the time; or .... pad todecrease the time, until the fill is com­plete. The minutes of agitation willcount up or down one minute at a timein the display.

Regular FabricsPermanent PressDelicate KnitsFine WashSoakRinseSpinPresoak

16001145

1-19 Minutes1-15 Minutes1-10 Minutes1-10 Minutes1-59 Min.llnfinite1-08 Minutes1-08 Minutes1-60 Minutes

To use this option:

1. Select a Wash cycle.

2. Choose the load size, water temper­ature and wash time.

3. Press the "Presoak" pad. (Thepresoak temperature will be thesame as the wash temperature.)

4. Adjust the presoak time down toincrease or decrease by pressingone of the time adjust pads.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·7©1994 Maytag Corporation

""""';;:

Page 40: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

5. Cancel the presoak option bypressing the pad a second time.The indicator light will also go out.

Extra Rinse

An additional deep rinse is automat­ically added to the selected cycle byusing the EXTRA RINSE option. Toselect, press the EXTRA RINSE pad.The water temperature will be the sameas the initial rinse.

Warm Rinse

Pressing this pad will provide a warmfinal rinse when energy saver hot,warm or energy saver warm water tem­peratures are selected. A warm finalrinse cannot be provided on a perma­nent press cycle or when using a hot orcold wash temperature on any cycle.

Start the Washer

After a wash cycle program has beenselected, the washer will fill to theselected water level with the selectedwash water temperature. After filling, itwill agitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieUythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open so

16001145

water is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed, the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Program Monitor Features

Unbalanced Signal If the washerbecomes unbalanced, "UNBALANCED"will light in the Monitor. One minutelater an audible signal will sound. Thissignal will continue to sound everyminute. To continue the cycle, redis­tribute the load and close the lid. Thewasher will automatically resume thecycle at the point it was interrupted.

Sequence Indicators

Words light in the Monitor as thewasher advances through each portionof the cycle - "Soak, Wash, Rinse,X-Rinse and Spin."

The following display symbols indicate:

Soil Level Indicators

The soil level indicators will light in theMonitor to help match the wash time tothe soil level of the load. For example,if the load is lightly soiled, agitationtime can be decreased and fewer indi­cator lights will light indication appro­priate agitation time for the load.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-8

I

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 41: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LA19824 • LA19804 • LA18904 • LA16914

Features may vary according to model

Select Options

Energy Saver Water Temperature

Pressing the ENERGY SAVER switch to"ON" will decrease the water temper­ature, minimizing water heating costs.For more information see "SelectWash/Rinse Water Temperature" below.

Extra Rinse

Additional deep rinse is automaticallyadded to Regular Fabric loads by usingthe EXTRA RINSE option. Press theEXTRA RINSE switch to the "ON" posi­tion before the cycle begins. Thewasher will add a second rinse andspin to the cycle. The water temper­ature will be the same as the initialrinse.

Wash/Spin Speed

By pressing the appropriate button, thewash and spin speeds can be adjustedto fit the washing requirements of theload.

• REGULAR/FAST

• REGULAR/SLOW

16001145

• GENTLE/SLOW

• GENTLE/FAST (Not on all Models)

Select Water Level

Move the infinite slide lever up or downto Extra Small, Small, Medium, Large,Extra Large, or any point in between. Ifmore water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the lever all the way upto Reset, then move it to the desi redsetting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Extra Large - Use this setting whenthe tub is 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Large - Use this setting when the tubis 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

• Medium - Use this setting when thetub is 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Small - Use this setting when the tubis 1/4 to 1/3 full of clothes.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-9©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 42: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• Extra Small - Less than 1/4 full ofclothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water to the washer for the hotwash setting.

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Press the appropriate button to selectthe water temperature desired.

• HOT/COLD

• ENERGY SAVER HOT/COLD

• WARM/WARM

• ENERGY SAVER WARM/WARM

• WARM/COLD

• ENERGY SAVER WARM/COLD

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

16001145

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

The Superwash cycle (not on allmodels) provides additional wash timefor regular fabric loads. It will addapproximately 6-8 minutes of agitationto the cycle. To select, turn the controlknob to SUPERWASH.

For Delicates, turn the control knob to"Deli cates" on REGULAR FABRICS andselect GENTLE/SLOW speed.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a HEAVYcycle; to 7 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Knits, turn the control knob to"Knits" on PERMANENT PRESS andselect REGULAR/FAST speed. If theknit items are loosely woven, selectGENTLE/SLOW speed.

The Quick Cycle (not on all models)reduces the cycle time by using a 6minute wash and a shorter first spinand rinse. Total cycle time is approxi­mately 16 minutes plus fill times. Toselect, turn the control knob to start.(Recommended for lightly soiled items).

The Fine Wash cycle (not on all models)is designed for "handwashable" items.The washer will agitate and soak alter­nately for a total of 6 minutes and moveto the rinse and final spin. Turn thecontrol knob to start and selectGENTLE/SLOW speed. A liquid deter­gent is recommended when using thiscycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·10©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 43: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Presoaking:

The Automatic Presoak cycle (not on allmodels) moves from the presoak intothe "HEAVY" regular fabric cycle auto­matically. Since the presoak and thewash are done in one tub of water, itsaves water and energy. A hot waterpresoak is recommended for heavilysoiled items.

To use the AUTOMATIC PRESOAKcycle, turn the control knob toPRESOAK. The washer will soak forapproximately 10 minutes (this includesperiods of agitation) then move directlyinto 12 minutes of wash withoutdraining and refilling.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.

16001145

It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom­ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pullout thecontrol knob.

Indicator Lights

(Lights will vary according to model)

The ON light stays lit throughout theentire cycle indicating the washer isoperating. The SOAK light is on duringthe presoak cycle. The WASH/RINSElight is on during the wash and rinseportion of all cycles. The SPIN lightindicates that the washer is spinningthe load. The SUPERWASH light is onuntil the timer advances into theRegular Fabrics HEAVY cycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-11

\

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 44: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8824 • LAT8804

Features may vary according to model

Select Options

Energy Saver Water Temperature

Extra Rinse

Additional deep rinse is automaticallyadded to Regular Fabric loads by usingthe EXTRA RINSE option. Press theEXTRA RINSE switch to the "ON" posi­tion before the cycle begins. Thewasher will add a second rinse andspin to the cycle. The water temper­ature will be the same as the initialrinse.

Wash/Spin Speed

By pressing the appropriate button, thewash and spin speeds can be adjustedto fit the washing requirements of theload.

• REGULAR/FAST

• GENTLE/SLOW

Select Water Level

Move the infinite slide lever up or downto Extra Small, Small, Medium, Large,Extra Large, or any point in between. Ifmore water is needed once the fill is

16001145

complete, move the lever all the way upto Reset, then move it to the desiredsetting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Extra Large - Use this setting whenthe tub is 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Large - Use this setting when the tubis 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

• Medium - Use this setting when thetub is 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Small - Use this setting when the tubis 1/4 to 1/3 full of clothes.

• Extra Small - Less than 1/4 full ofclothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-12©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 45: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water to the washer for the hotwash setting.

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Press the appropriate button to selectthe water temperature desired.

• HOT/COLD

• WARM/WARM

• WARM/COLD

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoi led loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Delicates, turn the control knob to"Deli cates" on REGULAR FABRICS andselect GENTLE/SLOW speed.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a HEAVYcycle; to 7 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

16001145

For Knits, turn the control knob to"Knits" on PERMANENT PRESS andselect REGULAR/FAST speed. If theknit items are loosely woven, selectGENTLE/SLOW speed.

The Quick Cycle reduces the cycle timeby using a 6 minute wash and a shorterfirst spin and rinse. Total cycle time isapproximately 16 minutes plus filltimes. To select, turn the control knobto start. (Recommended for lightlysoiled items).

The Fine Wash cycle (not on all models)is designed for "handwashable" items.The washer will agitate and soak alter­nately for a total of 6 minutes and moveto the rinse and final spin. Turn thecontrol knob to start and selectGENTLE/SLOW speed. A liquid deter­gent is recommended when using thiscycle.

Presoaking:

The Automatic Presoak cycle movesfrom the presoak into the "HEAVY"regular fabric cycle automatically.Since the presoak and the wash aredone in one tub of water, it saves waterand energy. A hot water presoak isrecommended for heavily soiled items.

To use the AUTOMATIC PRESOAKcycle, turn the control knob toPRESOAK. The washer will soak forapproximately 10 minutes (this includesperiods of agitation) then move directlyinto 12 mi nutes of wash withoutdraining and refilling.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it will

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-13©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 46: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

agitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

16001145

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom­ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pull out thecontrol knob.

Indicator Lights

(Lights will vary according to model)

The ON light stays lit throughout theentire cycle indicating the washer isoperating. The SOAK light is on duringthe presoak cycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-14©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 47: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9734, LAT9714, LAT9704, LAT8714, LAT8624, LAT8614, LAT8604,LAT5914

Features may vary according to model

Select Water Level

Turn the selector knob to the settingthat matches the size of the load. Thepre-set selector knob (not on allmodels) can be set to five distinct set­tings: Extra Small, Small, Medium,Large, Extra Large.

The infinite selector knob (not on allmodels) can be moved to each waterlevel or any point in between.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thenmove it to the desired setting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Extra Large - Use this setting whenthe tub is 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Large - Use thi s setti ng when the tubis 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

16001145

• Medium - Use this setting when thetub is 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Small - Use this setting when the tubis 1/4 to 1/3 full of clothes.

• Extra Small - Less than 1/4 full ofclothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water to the washer for the hotwash setting.

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Turn the selector knob to the water tem­perature desired.

• HOT/COLD

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-15©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 48: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• WARM/WARM

• WARM/COLD

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

The Superwash cycle (not on allmodels) provides additional wash timefor regular fabric loads. It will addapproximately 6-8 minutes of agitationto the cycle. To select, turn the controlknob to SUPERWASH.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 7 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Delicates, turn the control knob to 8minutes for a NORMAL cycle; and to 5minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

The Quick Cycle (not on all models)reduces the cycle time by using a 6minute wash and a shorter first spinand rinse. Total cycle time is approxi­mately 16 minutes plus fill times. Toselect, turn the control knob to start.(Recommended for lightly soiled items).

16001145

Note: The washer is automatically pro­grammed to assure proper agitationand spinning for each load type.REGULAR FABRIC cycles and theQUICK CYCLE will provide a fastwashlspin speed. PERMANENT PRESSwill have a fast washlspin speed alongwith a cool-down rinse. DELICATEcycles will have a gentle wash and slowfinal spin speed.

Presoaking:

The Automatic Presoak cycle (not on allmodels) moves from the presoak intothe "HEAVY" regular fabrics cycle auto­matically. Since the presoak and thewash are done in one tub of water, itsaves water and energy. A hot waterpresoak is recommended for heavilysoiled items.

To use the AUTOMATIC PRESOAKcycle, turn the control knob toPRESOAK. The washer wi II soak forapproximately 10 minutes (this includesperiods of agitation) then move directlyinto 12 minutes of wash withoutdraining and refilling.

The Soak Only cycle (not on all models)is used to soak heavily soiled or staineditems for as long as desired. Thewasher does not advance automaticallyinto a wash cycle.

To use the SOAK cycle, turn the controlknob to start. The washer will fill,agitate for apprOXimately 3 minutes andsoak until the control knob is advancedinto a wash cycle or spin and drain.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it will

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·16

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 49: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

agitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom-

16001145

ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pullout thecontrol knob.

Indicator Lights

(Lights will vary according to model)

The ON light stays lit throughout theentire cycle indicating the washer isoperating. The SOAK light is on duringa soak cycle - soak only or automaticpresoak. The SUPERWASH light is onuntil the timer advances into theRegular Fabrics HEAVY cycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-17©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 50: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9634, LAT9614, LAT9604, LAT8704, LAT8434, LAT8424, LAT8414,LAT8404, LAT4914

Features may vary according to model

Select Water Level

Turn the selector knob to the settingthat matches the size of the load. Thepre-set selector knob (not on allmodels) can be set to five distinct set­tings: Extra Small, Small, Medium,Large, Extra Large.

The infinite selector knob (not on allmodels) can be moved to each waterlevel or any point in between.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thenmove it to the desired setting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

16001145

• Extra Large - Use this setting when thetub is 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Large - Use this setting when the tub is1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

• Medium - Use this setting when the tub is1/3 to 1/2full of clothes.

• Small - Use this setting when the tub is1/4 to 1/3 full of clothes.

• Extra Small - Less than 1/4 full of clothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water ~to the washer for the hotwash setting.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-18©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 51: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

NOTE -------------,

Water below 65°F. is too cold to dis­solve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Turn the selector knob to the watertemperature desired.

• HOT/COLD

• WARM/WARM

• WARM/COLD

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 7 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Delicates, turn the control knob to 8minutes for a NORMAL cycle; and to 5minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

Note: The washer is automatically pro­grammed to assure proper agitationand spinning for each load type.REGULAR FABRIC cyCles will provide a

16001145

fast wash/spin speed. PERMANENTPRESS will have a fast wash/spin speedalong with a cool-down rinse. DELI-CA TE cycles will have a gentle washand slow final spin speed.

Presoaking:

The Soak Only cycle (not on all models)is used to soak heavily soiled or staineditems for as long as desired. Thewasher does not advance automaticallyinto a wash cycle.

To use the SOAK cycle, turn the controlknob to start. The washer will fill,agitate for approximately 3 minutes andsoak until the control knob is advancedinto a wash cycle or spin and drain.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom­ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stop

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·19©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 52: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

spinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pull out thecontrol knob.

Indicator Lights

(Lights will vary according to model)

Depending on the model, the washerwill have either a SOAK light or an ON

16001145

light. The ON light stays lit throughoutthe entire cycle indicating the washer isoperating. The SOAK light is on duringa soak cycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-20©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 53: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9334, LAT9314, LAT9304, LAT8504, LAT8234, LAT8214, LAT8204,LAT3914

Features may vary according to model

Select Water Level

Turn the selector knob to the settingthat matches the size of the load. Thepre-set selector knob (not on allmodels) can be set to five distinct set­tings: Extra Small, Small, Medium,Large, Extra Large.

The infinite selector knob (not on allmodels) can be moved to each waterlevel or any point in between.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thenmove it to the desired setting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, Iinting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Extra Large - Use this setting whenthe tub is 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Large - Use thi s setti ng when the tubis 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

16001145

• Medium - Use this setting when thetub is 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Small (Not on all models) - Use thissetting when the tub is 1/4 to 1/3 full ofclothes.

• Extra Small - Less than 1/4 full ofclothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water to the washer for the hotwash setting..

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Turn the selector knob to the water tem­perature desired.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·21©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 54: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• HOT/COLD

• WARM/COLD

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 7 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Delicates, turn the control knob tostart. The washer will fill, then alter­nate between periods of agitation andsoak. The entire wash portion of thecycle lasts about 9 minutes, consistingof approximately 6 minutes of soak and3 minutes of agitation.

Presoaking:

The Soak Only cycle (not on all models)is used to soak heavily soiled or staineditems for as long as desired. Thewasher does not advance automaticallyinto a wash cycle.

To use the SOAK cycle, turn the controlknob to start. The washer will fill,

16001145

agitate for approximately 3 minutes andsoak until the control knob is advancedinto a wash cycle or spin and drain.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom­ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pull out thecontrol knob.

Indicator Lights

(Lights will vary according to model)

Depending on the model, the washerwill have either a SOAK light or an ONlight. The ON light stays lit throughoutthe entire cycle indicating the washer isoperating. The SOAK light is on duringa soak cycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-22©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 55: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8104,LAT8034,LAT8024, LAT8014,LAT8004,LAT7334,LAT7314,LAT7304, LAT2914

Features may vary according to model

Select Water Level

Turn the selector knob to the settingthat matches the size of the load. Thepre-set selector knob (not on allmodels) can be set to five distinct set­tings: Extra Small, Small, Medium,Large.

The infinite selector knob (not on allmodels) can be moved to each waterlevel or any point in between.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thenmove it to the desired setting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result inpoorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Large - Use this setting when the tubis 3/4 to full of clothes.

• Medium - Use this setting when thetub is 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

16001145

• Small (Not on all models) - Use thissetting when the tub is 1/4 to 1/2 full ofclothes.

• Extra Small - Less than 1/4 full ofclothes.

NOTE: When laundering permanentpress or delicately constructed items,washable woolens or loosely knit items,never use less than the "Medium"setting. This will minimize shrinkage,wrinkling and pulling of seams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water to the washer for the hotwash setting.

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Turn the selector knob to the water tem­perature desired.

• HOT/COLD

• WARM/COLD

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-23©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 56: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a Heavycycle; to 7 minutes for a NORMAL cycle;and to 5 minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

F9r Delicates, turn the control knob tostart. The washer will fill, then alter­nate between periods of agitation andsoak. The entire wash portion of thecycle lasts about 9 minutes, consistingof approximately 6 minutes of soak and3 minutes of agitation.

Presoaking:

The Soak Only cycle (not on all models)is used to soak heavily soiled or staineditems for as long as desired. Thewasher does not advance automaticallyinto a wash cycle.

To use the SOAK cycle, turn the controlknob to start. The washer will fill,

16001145

agitate for approximately 3 minutes andsoak until the control knob is advancedinto a wash cycle or spin and drain.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom­ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pull out thecontrol knob.

Indicator Lights

(Lights will vary according to model)

The ON light stays lit throughout theentire cycle indicating the washer isoperating.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-24

)

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 57: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT5005 • LAT5004

Features may vary according to model

Select Water Level

The pre-set selector knob can be set totwo distinct settings: Partial and Full.

Turn the selector knob to the settingthat matches the size of the load.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thenmove it to the desired setting.

Remember, for best washing results,clothes must circulate freely. If too littlewater is used, it may result in poorwashing action, linting or wear onfabrics. Use the following as a guide toselect the proper water level:

• Full - Use thi s setti ng when the tub is3/4 to full of clothes.

• Partial - Use this setting when the tubis up to 3/4 full of clothes.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Note: Household water heaters shouldbe set to deliver a minimum of 120°F.(49°C.) water to the washer for the hotwash setting.

16001145

Note: Water below 65°F. is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Turn the selector knob to the water tem­perature desired.

• HOT/COLD

• WARM/COLD

• COLD/COLD

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

Washing:

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob up to 12 minutes for aHeavy cycle; to 6-10 minutes for aNORMAL cycle; and to less than 6minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob up to 10 minutes for aHeavy cycle; to 6-8 minutes foraNORMAL cycle; and to less than 6minutes for a LIGHT cycle.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-25©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 58: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

To Soak heavily soiled or stained itemson the Regular or Permanent Presscycle, push the control knob in after thewasher has agitated a few minutes.This will stop the washer and let theload soak. To start washing again, pullout the control knob, the washer willresume at the point of interruption.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

16001145

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, 'fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener.

Should the lid be opened during acycle, the washer will stop; when the lidis closed the washer will resume it'scycle at the point it was interrupted.

Note: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will atom­ically stop. If this happens, push in thecontrol knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pull out thecontrol knob.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·26

..

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 59: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAW9704

Features may vary according to model

Select Water-Saver Option

Turning the selector knob to saveallows water from REGULAR FABRICcycles, DELICATE cycles and the QUICKCYCLE to be pumped into a storage tuband saved for the next load.

Note: Water cannot be saved whenPERMANENT PRESS cycles are used. Itis best not to reuse wash water forwashing permanent press items. Theseitems may pick up soil and lint sus­pended from previous washings, whichmay be difficult to remove.

When the selector knob is turned toDrain, the wash water is not saved forreuse. The water drains normally.

Returned Saved Wash Water

To reuse the water for the next load:

(Do not add until the water from thestorage tub has been returned to thewasher tub.)

16001145

1. Push in the cycle control knob andturn clockwise to the WATERRETURN "start" position.

2. Pull out the control knob to startpumping the water from the storagetub back into the washer. Thewasher will start agitating when thecontrol knob is pulled out and willcontinue to agitate until it is pushedin.

3. After the water has been returned tothe washer tub, push in the controlknob. (A small amount of water andsediment will remain in the storagetub.)

4. Add approxi mately 1/2 the normalamount of detergent and, if desired,the normal amount of bleach.

5. Add Wash Load.

6. Reset the control knob to a RegularFabrics or Delicates cycle or "start"on the Quick Cycle. If extra water isneeded for the water level selected,the washer will add it automatically.If the temperature selection is on"HOT", the water added will helpmaintain the temperature of thesaved water.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-27©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 60: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Select Water Level

Turn the infinite selector knob to thesetting that matches the size of theload. It can be set to EX. SMALL,SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE or EX.LARGE, or any point in between.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thento the desired setting.

For best washing results, clothes mustcirculate freely. If too little water isused, poor cleaning, linting and exces­sive wear may result. Use the followingguide to select the proper water level:

• Ex. Small - 1/4 full of clothes.

• Small - 1/4 to 1/3 full of clothes.

• Medium - 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Large - 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

• Ex. Large - 3/4 full of clothes.

Note: When laundering permanentpress items or items of delicate con­struction, washable woolens or looselyknit items, never use less than theMEDIUM setting. This will minimizeshrinkage, wrinkling and pulling ofseams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Turn the selector knob to point at thewater temperature desired.

• HOT/COLD - Wash water will be thetemperature of the water coming fromthe hot water faucet. Rinse water willbe cold. Use this setting for heavilysoiled whites and colorfast items.

• WARM/WARM - Wash water will be amixture of water coming from the hotand cold water faucets. Rinse waterwill be the same, exc::ept when the

16001145

permanent press cycle is selected;then it will automatically be cold. Usethis setting for delicates and forcolored items when a warm rinse fol­lowing the wash is preferred.

• WARM/COLD - Wash water will be amixture of water coming from the hotand cold water faucets. Rinse waterwill be cold. Use this for items withmoderate soi I level and colored items.

• COLD/COLD - Wash and rinse waterwill be the temperature of the watercoming from the cold water faucet.Use this setting to minimize fading ofbrightly colored items and shrinkageof washable woolens.

NOTE: Water below 65°F is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a normal cycle;and to 5 minutes for a light cycle.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes for a heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a normal cycle;and to 5 minutes for a light cycle. Dueto the extra cool down rinse which mini­mizes wrinkling, this cycle can also beused for non-permanent press itemswhen additional rinsing is needed.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-28

!

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 61: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

For Delicates, washable woolens, orloosely woven items, turn the controlknob to 8 minutes for Normal cycle andto 5 minutes for a Light cycle.

The Quick Cycle reduces the cycle timeby using a 6 minute wash and a shorterfirst spin and rinse. Total cycle time isapproximately 16 minutes plus filltimes. To select, turn the control knobto start. (Recommended for lightlysoiled items).

NOTE: The washer is automaticallyprogrammed to assure proper agitationand spinning for each load type.REGULAR FABRIC cycles and theQUICK CYCLE will provide a fastwash/spin speed. PERMANENT PRESSwill have a fast wash/spin speed alongwith a cool-down rinse. DELICATEcycles will have a gently wash and slowfinal spin speed.

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

16001145

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stainsor diluting fabric softener. However,when returning saved water the lidmust be closed. Should the lid beopened during a cycle, the washer willstop; when the lid is closed and thecontrol knob is pulled out, the washerwill resume its cycle at the point it wasinterrupted.

NOTE: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will auto­matically stop. If this happens, push inthe control knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pullout thecontrol knob.

Indicator Light

The ON light stays lit throughout theentire cycle indicating the washer isoperating.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-29

Page 62: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAW9304

Features may vary according to model

;

Select Water-Saver Option

Turning the selector knob to saveallows water from REGULAR FABRICcycles, DELICATE cycles to be pumpedinto a storage tub and saved for thenext load.

Note: Water cannot be saved whenPERMANENT PRESS cycles are used. Itis best not to reuse wash water forwashing permanent press items. Theseitems may pick up soil and lint sus­pended from previous washings, whichmay be difficult to remove.

When the selector knob is turned toDrain, the wash water is not saved forreuse. The water drains normally.

Returned Saved Wash Water

To reuse the water for the next load:

(Do not add until the water from thestorage tub has been returned to thewasher tub.)

16001145

1. Push in the cycle control knob andturn clockwise to the WATERRETURN "start" position.

2. Pull out the control knob to startpumping the water from the storagetub back into the washer. Thewasher will start agitating when thecontrol knob is pulled out and willcontinue to agitate until it is pushedin.

3. After the water has been returned tothe washer tub, push in the controlknob. (A small amount of water andsediment will remain in the storagetub.)

4. Add approximately 1/2 the normalamount of detergent and, if desired,the normal amount of bleach.

5. Add Wash Load.

6. Reset the control knob to a RegularFabrics or Delicates cycle or "start"on the Quick Cycle. If extra water isneeded for the water level selected,the washer will add it automatically.If the temperature selection is on"HOT", the water added will helpmaintain the temperature of thesaved water.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-30©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 63: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Select Water Level

Turn the infinite selector knob to thesetting that matches the size of theload. It can be set to EX. SMALL,MEDIUM, LARGE or EX. LARGE, or anypoint in between.

If more water is needed once the fill iscomplete, move the knob to Reset, thento the desired setting.

For best washing results, clothes mustcirculate freely. If too little water isused, poor cleaning, Iinting and exces­sive wear may result. Use the followingguide to select the proper water level:

• Ex. Small - 1/4 full of clothes.

• Medium - 1/3 to 1/2 full of clothes.

• Large - 1/2 to 3/4 full of clothes.

• Ex. Large - 3/4 to full of clothes.

Note: When laundering permanentpress items or items of delicate con­struction, washable woolens or looselyknit items, never use less than theMEDIUM setting. This will minimizeshrinkage, wrinkling and pulling ofseams.

Select Wash/Rinse Water Temperature

Turn the selector knob to point at thewater temperature desired.

• HOT/COLD - Wash water will be thetemperature of the water coming fromthe hot water faucet. Rinse water willbe cold. Use this setting for heavilysoiled whites and colorfast items.

• WARM/COLD - Wash water will be amixture of water coming from the hotand cold water faucets. Rinse waterwill be cold. Use this for items withmoderate soil level and colored items.

16001145

• COLD/COLD - Wash and rinse waterwill be the temperature of the watercoming from the cold water faucet.Use this setting to minimize fading ofbrightly colored items and shrinkageof washable woolens.

NOTE: Water below 65°F is too cold todissolve and activate granular laundrydetergents.

Select Cycle and Time

Push in the cycle control knob and turnclockwise to the proper cycle and washtime.

The HEAVY cycle is designed to washvery soiled loads, the NORMAL cycle isfor average soiled loads and the LIGHTcycle should be selected for slightlysoiled loads.

For Regular Fabric loads, turn thecontrol knob to 12 minutes for a heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a normal cycle;and to 5 minutes for a light cycle.

For Permanent Press loads, turn thecontrol knob to 10 minutes fqr a heavycycle; to 8 minutes for a normal cycle;and to 5 minutes for a light cycle. Dueto the extra cool down rinse which mini­mizes wrinkling, this cycle can also beused for non-permanent press itemswhen additional rinsing is needed.

For Delicates, washable woolens, orloosely woven items, turn the controlknob to start. The washer will fill, thenalternate between periods of agitationand soak. The entire wash portion ofthe cycle lasts about 9 minutes, con­sisting of approximately 6 minutes ofsoak and 3 minutes of agitation.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·31©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 64: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Start the Washer

Pull out the cycle control knob to startthe washer. It will fill to the selectedwater level with the selected washwater temperature. After filling, it willagitate for the selected number ofminutes.

The washer will pause brieflythroughout each cycle. These pausesare normal.

This washer is designed so that it willnot agitate or spin when the lid is open.It will, however, fill with the lid open sowater is available for pretreating stains

16001145

or diluting fabric softener. However,when returning saved water the lidmust be closed. Should the lid beopened during a cycle, the washer willstop; when the lid is closed and thecontrol knob is pulled out, the washerwill resume its cycle at the point it wasinterrupted.

NOTE: If an unbalanced load occursduring the spin, the washer will auto­matically stop. If this happens, push inthe control knob, wait for the tub to stopspinning, open the lid, redistribute theload, close the lid and pull out thecontrol knob.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·32

©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 65: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CYCLE FUNCTIONS - TIMER OPERATED MODELS

FILL CYCLE:

The fill cycle is initiated as the userrotates the Timer dial to the "fill" posi­tion for any of the three cycles available(Permanent Press, Delicates andRegular Fabrics) and pulls out theTimer knob. Pulling out the Timer knoballows the L1 side of the power supply(refer to schematic) to go through theLine Switch and on to the time.

Timer Cams are closed during fill whichallows L1 to go through the Timer andon to the Temp Switch. Dependingupon what water temperature isselected, L1 is routed through the TempSwitch and on to une or both of theWater Valve solenoids. This is a 120VAC water valve.

The Neutral side of the power supply(refer to schematic) is routed throughthe Pressure Switch and 1 amp fuse andon to the Water Valve. With L1 andNeutral at the Water Valve, one or bothsolenoids will be energized (dependingupon temperature selected). The tub

16001145

begins to fill with water, regardless oflid position.

AGITATION CYCLE (Start and Run):

The lid must be closed in order for themachine to agitate. During fill, thewater in the tub will rise until a selectedlevel is reached (small, medium, orlarge) which causes the contacts insidethe pressure switch to move from the"fill" to the "run" position. When thishappens, the water valve is de­energized and neutral is routed to themotor run windings through timer camsto the motor start windings. L1 isrouted to the run windings through theline switch, the normally open contactson the lid switch and through thenormally closed contacts in the checkswitch. L1 is routed to the startwindings through the line switch, thenormally closed contacts on the checkswitch and through the timer. At about75% of full speed, the drive motor'scentrifugal switch "opens" and dropsthe start winding out of the circuit. Thedrive motor is running and agitationbegins.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2·33©1994 Mavtan rnmnr:'ltinn

Page 66: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SPIN CYCLE (Start and Run):

Spin is accomplished by reversing therotation of the Drive Motor.

The lid has to be closed in order for themachine to spin. Closing the lid closesthe normally open contacts in the lidswitch and allows the normally closedcontacts in the check switch to beclosed. L1 is routed to the run windingsthrough the line switch, the normallyopen contact on the lid switch andthrough the normally closed contacts inthe check switch. L1 is routed to thestart windings through the line switch,the normally open contacts on the lidswitch, the normally closed contacts onthe check switch, and the timer. Aswith agitation, the centrifugal switch

16001145

"opens", drops out the start winding,and the spin cycle begins.

The lid switch mechanism is the mech­anism which stops the cycle if the tubbecomes unbalanced. During an unbal­ance, a raised "fence" on the tub coverengages atrip lever on the lid switchmechanism. This trip lever in turnengages the switch lever in the lidswitch mechanism thus forcing theswitch lever to move and release theplunger on the lid switch. When the'plunger on the lid switch is released,the contacts open and the current flowto the motor is broken. Opening andclosing the lid resets the lid switchmechanism and starts the machineback into spin.

SECTION 2. CONTROLS 2-34©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 67: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CONTROL FACIA

All models have the standard features: Oversize Capacity Plus Tub, Rotary Controls, 2­Speed Motor, 4 Water Temperatures, Warm Rinse Option, 4 Water Levels, Bleach Dis­penser, and Automatic Fabric Softener Dispenser.

LAT2300

Standard Features plus Big Clean Dual Action Agitator and Infinite Water Levels.

LAT2500

Dell::a1es

Second Rinse W;:s hiRinse Temp

Standard Features plus Big Clean Dual Action Agitator, Second Rinse Option, InfiniteWater Levels.

\

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 2. CONTROLS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

2-35

Page 68: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

lAT3500

Standard Features plus Outboarded 3 Speed Combinations, Automatic Presoak, GentleWash Option, Normal Spin Option, Gentle Spin Option, Second Rinse Option, Big CleanDual Action Agitator.

lAW2400 Water Saver Model

The Water Saver model features: Rotary Controls, 2-Speed Motor, 4 Water Tempera­tures, Warm Rinse Option, Infinite Water Levels, Bleach Dispenser, and Fabric SoftenerDispenser.

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 2. CONTROLS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

2·36

Page 69: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES

ALWAYS DISCONNECT UNIT FROM POWER SOURCE BEFORE SERVICING

CONTROLS

To Remove Control Panel

Disconnect washer from powersupply.

Remove the two inside screws fromtop of panel and tilt away fromconsole.

With the control panel cover open, yougain access to most of the electricalcomponents.

Depending on the model, you will haveaccess to the following: timer, watertemperature switch, water level switch,speed switch, lid switch, micro­processor board, motor relays andtransformer.

Timer

A timer is a series of switches driven byan electric motor. These switchescontrol the fill, agitation and spin of awasher. These functions can be doneat the same time, such as filling andspinning, as in the spray rinse.

Timer removal:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Pry the cap off and pull the retainerclip off the timer shaft. Remove thetimer knob, spring and dial.

Note: The timer shaft pin is longeron one side. This is to prevent thedial from being installed incorrectly.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-1©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 70: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

3. Remove the two screws holding thetimer in position. Note which set ofholes the mounting screws arelocated in.

4. Remove the two inside screws onthe control panel and ti It away fromthe console.

5. Remove wires from timer.

NOTE: Always replace by wirenumber.

If the timer will not advance, it usuallyrequires replacing the timer motor.Check parts manual for part number.

Timer motor removal:

1. Follow procedure to remove timer.

2. Disconnect unit from power sourcebefore servicing.

3. Remove the two screws holdingtimer motor to timer.

4. Remove timer motor wires fromtimer.

Microprocessor Board

Some models use a microprocessorboard to control the fill, agitate and spincycles instead of a mechanical timer.The components involved with thesecycles are the microprocessor board,transformer, water level switch, motorrelays and lid switch.

The control is divided into three mainareas: (1) the washer programselection area, (2) the display and leveladjustment area, and (3) the washeroption selection area. Any legitimatekey selection is followed by a soundfrom the audio device, the corre­sponding display change, and theappropriate machine response. Anykey selection which is not legitimateprompts no response. The machine isstarted by selecting a program.

The microprocessor board controls theoperation of the washer. It is an elec­tronic circuit board that is located in theconsole and is attached to the back ofthe touch pad. It receives the data asthe user selects the type of cycle andoptions by pressing the indicated areason the touch pad. The touch pad doesnot function as a switch but as a menuto make selections. Behind the touchpad are switch actuators (push rods)that actuate switches on the micro­processor board when the user makesthe selections.

16001145-

SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-2©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 71: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

water valves on during the Warm temp,50% more hot water for Energy Hot and50% more cold water if Energy Warm.

To implement the lid switch test forwelding, the lid must be openedbetween programs. If this does notoccur, "lid" will appear in the displaywhen the next program is selected.This must be cleared by lifting the lidbefore a program can be selected. Ifopening the lid does not clear the "lid"from the display the assumption is thatthe lid switch is welded. The test doesnot occur if the cycle is ended by thepressing of the OFF-KEY, only if thecycle ends naturally.

Microprocessor Board Fault Codes

• F1 in display indicates Board Failure(lid circuit). Inoperable. Replacemicroprocessor board.

• F2 in display indicates Water valvethermistor sense failure (too low).Operative.

• F2 in display indicates Water valvethermistor sense failure (too high).Operative.

• F4 in display indicates Board Failure(level circuit). Inoperable. Replacemicroprocessor board.

• F9 in display indicates low voltage.Operative.

Fault codes F1 & F4 will be displayedwhen the failures occur, while F2, F3,and F9, if present, can only be viewedafter a key sequence of OFF and whileholding OFF actuate SLOW SPIN for 2seconds. After the entire display turnson then off, the code will be displayed.To re-test the water valve failure, watermust be run in the machine. If F2 or F3occur, the machine will default to both

DISPLAY DIAGNOSTIC:

The display can be viewed with all seg­ments on for 4 seconds after a keysequence of OFF and while holding OFFactuate Pause for 2 seconds to activate.

To Remove Microprocessor Board:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove the two inside screws onthe control panel.

3. Tilt control panel out and removethe three edgeboard connectorsfrom the microprocessor board.

4. Remove the eight nuts that securethe microprocessor board to thetouch pad.

To remove touch pad:

1. Follow procedure to remove micro­processor board.

2. Remove the four nuts that secure thetouch pad to the control panel.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-3©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 72: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

COMPONENTS

Water Level Control - TimerControlled

There are two types of controls used onthe water level switch: Rotary controland infinite level control.

Rotary Dial Control

Infinite Level Control

ROTARY DIAL CONTROL

The amount of water in the tub isselected by adjusting the dial that cor­responds to that level.

The large capacity model has a four­level pressure switch: EX-Small, Small,Medium and Large.

The super large capacity model has afive-level pressure switch: Ex-Small,Small, Medium, Large and Extra Large.

The service procedures are the samefor both.

The water level is controlled by varyingthe pressure exerted on the switchdiaphragm when the desired level isselected. For example, assume that theextra-large water level is selected forthe "Fill" portion of the cycle. Thecontrol arm "A" will lock in position onbar (8), thus depressing the tensionbar. As the tension bar is depressed,the spring (C) between the bar andswitch is depressed, exerting pressureagainst the diaphragm in the switch,which will hold the electrical contact inthe "Fill" position.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-4©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 73: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

As water enters the washer and thelevel begins to rise, it f1ow~ into the airdome. This creates pressure on thediaphragm through the air tube. Whenthe water reaches a predeterminedlevel, the pressure is sufficient to over­come the pressure exerted on thediaphragm by the pressure switch. Asthe diaphragm rises, the electricalcontact arm is moved from "Fill" to the"Run" position.

As water is drained from the washerduring spin, water is also drained fromthe air dome, lowering air pressure inthe air tube. This allows the switchcontact to reset to the "Fill" position.

If the setting of MEDIUM or SMALL isused, there is less pressure applied tothe tension bar, resulting in adecreased amount of air pressurerequired to trip the contact arm to the"Run" position.

INFINITE LEVEL CONTROL

Arm

11 ..I---tiI---Cam Diaphragm(Nol Compressed)

As the level indicator is raised, atapered cam on the back side of theindicator comes in contact with an armwhich pushes against the diaphragm.When the level indicator is pushed allthe way up (to a point where resistanceis met) the maximum pressure isapplied to the diaphragm and it willtake a full tub of water to overcome thepressure applied to the pressureswitch, moving it from "Fill" to the"Run" position.

The amount of water in the tub isselected by moving the level indicatorto the desired level on the legend. Thelarge capacity model may be set onSmall, Medium, Large or any placebetween. The extra large capacitymodel may be set on Ex-Small, Small,Medium, Large, Extra-Large, or anyplace between.

When the level indicator is in the downposition, there is no pressure on thediaphragm inside the pressure switch.

RESET

~In......yt--Cam Diaphragm(partly compre,sed)

16001145

This allows the user to change to alarger setting once the washer hasstopped filling and started to agitate.The user pushes the level indicator allthe way up until a resistance is met and

SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-5©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 74: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

then they continue to push the leverunti I it stops. This moves the contactsin the pressure switch from "Run" to"Fill" and the control can be reset toincrease the desired water level.

Arm

Diaphragm(Relel)

Water Level Switch

If the switch is functioning erratically,remove the air tube from the switch endand blowout the air tube. The washershould be emptied of any water. Thiswill ensure that the air tube is clear forproper switch operation. If this proce­dure is not followed, any water trappedin either the air dome or upper air tubecan cause the switch to falsely actuateand start the washer agitating beforethe proper water level is reached. Ifwater is found in either of these areas,check the hose for an air leak.

Water normally in the air dome will bedrained when the washer is emptied.However, if any water is drawn into theair tube above the air dome, this watercannot be removed from the air tube bymerely siphoning the washer.

Therefore, when a new switch isinstalled, blowout the air tube from theswitch end.

All hose connections should be checkedto make sure that they are airtight sinceair or water leaks will cause improperoperation of the switch.

No attempts should be made to adjustthe water level control. The switch hasbeen factory calibrated for a properbalance of conditions which MUST bemaintained to assure proper operationof the water level control. Field adjust­ment is NEVER recommended.

To Remove Water Level Switch:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove control panel and tilt awayfrom console.

3. Loosen clamp on air tube andremove tube.

4. Remove the two screws securing theswitch to the back up plate.

5. Remove the wires from the switch.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-6©1994 Maytag Corporation .

Page 75: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

ELECTRICAL TESTING

Disconnect unit from power sourcebefore servicing.

With the switch removed, it may betested using an appliance test meter byplacing leads on terminals indicated inthe following chart. The switch shouldbe tested for "Fill" and "Run".

*Set control to "Full" position for testingby gently blowing into orifice of controluntil"click" is heard. Quickly placefinger over end of orifice and makeelectrical check.

SETTINGS CHECK TERMINALS

Empty 20-15 closed circuit(Fill) 20-16 open circuit

Full* (Run) 20-15 open circuit 20-16closed circuit

If meter does not indicate a closed oropen circuit as shown in the chart,replace switch.

Water Level Switch ­Microprocessor Models

The pressure switch on this washer isdifferent from the pressure switch usedon the timer controlled washer. Thereare three switches inside the switchthat are actuated by the pressurecreated in the air dome and tube as thewater level in the tub increases. Themicroprocessor board monitors theelectrical circuits created by theseswitches to control the water level inthe tub.

The following is a brief overview of esti­mating a total program time including

fill times and how certain fill levels arereached.

The total time remaining displayedduring a given program is estimatedbased on the current water levelselection and the average time of fillingfor the previous two fills. If a fill level isreached quicker than expected, the dis­played time will skip forward. If the filllevel is not reached in the estimatedtime, the display will discontinue todecrement until it has been reached. Ifa slow fill situation caused the esti­mated time remaining to be 99 minutesor more, the display will time down andbe recalculated at the next cycle mile­stone.

The washer will include five waterlevels available, the first, third, and fifthof which will be directly controlled viathe pressure switch. The second levelwill be reached by time filling based onthe fill rate seen between empty and thefirst (lowest) level after the fist level hasbeen reached. The fourth level will bereached by time filling based on the fillrate seen between empty and the first(lowest) level after the third level hasbeen reached. The lowest water levelwill always have a slow agitation toprevent damage to the clothes.

Five WASH temperatures are provided.The first (cold), and fifth (hot) areobtained by turning the cold and hotvalves on only. The second (energywarm), third (warm) and fourth(energy-hot) are obtained by thesensing of the inlet water temperatures,and adjusting the proportion of time therespective valves are turned on toobtain the desired temperature in thewash tub.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-7©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 76: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

To Check Water Level Control:

1. Unplug washer power cord frompower supply.

2. Check for continuity as follows:

• Empty - should show continuity 1-3and 4-5.

• Small - should show continuity 4-5only.

• Medium - should show continuity1-2 and 4-5.

• Large - should show continuity 1-2,1-3 and 4-5.

• Overflow - will show no continuity4-5.

board responds to the electrical circuitsin the water level switch to determinehow long the solenoids(s) should beenergized.

There are five available water temper­atures, cold, energy saver warm, warm,energy saver hot and hot. Cold isachieved by energizing the coldsolenoid on the water valve. Warm isachieved by energizing both the coldand hot solenoids on the water valve.Hot is achieved by energizing the hotsolenoid on the water valve. Energysaver warm is achieved by starting withwarm, both cold and hot solenoidsenergized, and the hot solenoid is thencycled on and off every 30 seconds.Energy saver hot is achieved by startingwith warm, both cold and hot solenoidsenergized, and the cold solenoid is thencycled on and off every 30 seconds.

.,

5 Water

Levels

.. p

f------.------I}Time Fill

Fill--- ---

F~l~-~--TimeFill

-= b Fill"- A

TUB

High (5)

Med High 14)

Med (31

Med Low 121

Low (11

CAUTION -----------,

This is a 120 VAC water valve andvoltage will be present at watervalve whenever the washer is con­nected to the power supply (exceptwhen the contact between 31 and 32is broken on the water level switch).

Checking the water level switch:

CAUTION ------------,Power from L1 is supplied to the threeswitches in the water level switch andto the water valve (see schematic). Themicroprocessor board acts like a switchby controlling the neutral side of thepower supply going to the hot and coldsolenoids on the water valve (neutralgoes to the microprocessor board viapi n 3 on edgeboard connector SS andback to the water valve via pin 5 andpin 1). To achieve the proper waterlevel in the tub, the microprocessor

Always disconnect power supplybefore making continuity checks ortaking resistance readings.

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Continuity checks can be madeacross the three internal switches.Refer to legend on the schematic todetermine condition of the switches

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-8©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 77: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

(shaded areas indicate continuityacross contacts). Example: con­tacts 31 to 32 will be closed at allwater levels other than High, wherethe contacts are open.

To remove water level switch:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove the two inside screws onthe control panel and tilt forward.

3. The water level switch is attached tothe top cover by a screw and alocating tab. Remove screw.

4. Remove wires from water levelswitch.

5. Loosen clamp and remove air domehose.

Air Tube and Dome

A single piece air tube and air dome isused on all models. The air tube end isconnected to the spout on the waterlevel switch. The air dome end is con­nected to a spout on the outer tub.

To Remove:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove the two inside screws fromthe top of the control panel and tiltaway from console.

3. Release clamp and remove air tubefrom water level switch.

4. Remove air dome access plate onback of washer.

5. Release clamp and remove ai rdome from the tub spout.

6. Pull air tube out of top cover andremove through access. Beforeremoval, note routing of air tube andposition of air dome on tub spout.

Motor Control

The speed and direction of the motorare controlled by the microprocessorboard through three 24 VDC relays:Fast, Slow and Reversing. The 24 VDCcontrol voltage comes from the micro­processor through edgeboard con­nector AA (see schematic). There aretwo different size terminals used on the

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-9©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 78: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

relays. The smaller terminals are usedfor the 24 VDC wires and the larger ter­minals are used for the 120 VAC wires.

The Fast and Slow relays (single-pole,single-throw) are used to control thespeed of the motor. These relays carrythe same part number and are inter­changeable. The Fast relay is ener­gized to provide regular speed andSlow relay is energized to provide slowspeed. NOTE: The speed of the motoris determined by the cycle selected.

The following table defines the relay onand off states as voltages (at BB3 forAC & AT AA3 for DC), measured with

,respect to the relay outputs.

Washer Relay On Off

Hot BB1 OV 120VAC

Cold BBS OV 120VAC

Slow Motor (AA4) 20VOC OVmin.

Fast Motor (AA1) 20VOC OVmin.

Reversing Motor (AAS) 20VOC OVmin.

The Reversing relay (double-pole,double-throw) is used to change thedirection of the motor for spin. Therelay is de-energized during the agi­tation cycle and is energized during thespin cycle.

Motor Run Relay - MicroprocessorModels

The motor run relay is the relaymounted on the left of the two relays. Itis a single pote, single throw type andwhen energized, completes the L1 sideof the power supply from the Lid Switchto the Drive Motor. Both the Lid Switchand the Run Relay must be closed forpower to reach the Drive Motor.

t----( 5

ELECTR ICAL SCH EMA TIC

TEST PROCEDURE

The relay coil is energized by 24 VDC(volts direct current) which is fed fromthe microprocessor board. Once therelay coil is energized, the relay switchwill close, completing the circuit.

Because of the low resistance readingsfound on the relay coil, a continuitycheck across the coil terminals with anohmmeter is recommended. A closedcircuit (continuity) should be seen. If anopen circuit (no continuity) is seen, therelay should be replaced.

To Check Run Relay:

Note: To check relay unplug washerpower cord from power supply.

1. Remove wires from run relay.

2. Measure resistance of relay coilacross small terminals (YLlBK toGY). Resistance should be approxi­mately 480 ohms.

An infinite reading indicates an opencoil and requires relay replacement.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-10©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 79: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

3. Re-install coil wires (smaller termi­nals).

4. Connect ohmmeter across largerterminals.

If the washer fails to spin, check thereversing relay.

RELAY WIRING

The following is a live voltagecheck. Use appropriate care.

Unplug Washer Power Cord from PowerSupply.

1. Remove wires from reversing relay.

2. Measure resistance of relay coil (GYto PU). Should show approximately350 ohms.

An infinite reading indicates an opencoil and requires relay replacement.

3. Re-install coil wires (GY and PU).

4. Connect ohmmeter across RD to YLon relay.

CAUTION --------,

CAUTION ---------,

The following is a live voltagecheck. Use appropriate care.

5. Program the spin cycle by pressingthe SPIN pad.

The relay should be energized andthe ohmmeter should show zeroohms resistance (continuity). Ifrelay pulls in but ohmmeter does notshow continuity, relay contacts havefailed and the relay should bereplaced.

6. Relay does not pull in, measure DCvoltage across coil. If no voltage ispresent, check microprocessorboard or wiring. If 24 VDC is meas­ured, replace relay.

To Remove Relay:

1. Remove all wires from relay.

2. Remove screws securing relay.

Note: The relay has a tab which fitsthrough a slot in the control housing toassist in mounting and location of therelay.

Motor Reversing (Spin) Relay ­Microprocessor Models

The spin relay is a double pole, doublethrow type switch. When not energized,this relay is wired to run the motor foragitate.

,~ I~Ll R:f:=(PU

C W ~5 ~2BN : :(~ :~ii

GY ~ iu~9 WH~6RD~3\.. C NO NCI

AGITATE

1-7

3-9

To Check Reversing Relay:

2,Sand8INTERNALLYCONNECTED

SPIN

7-4

9-6

When energized, the relay contactsreverse the start-winding connectionsto the motor (blue and yellow wires)and causes it to start and run for spin.

5. Program the spin cycle by pressingthe SPIN pad.

With the coi I energized theohmmeter should show 0 ohms

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-11©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 80: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

resistance (continuity). If not,replace relay.

When in spin, voltage from yellow tored should be 0 volts and voltagefrom blul;} to red should be 115 volts.

AGITATE SPIN

YL-RD 115 VAC OVAC

BLU-RD OVAC 115 VAC

If these voltages did not change fromagitate to spin with machine still in thespin portion of the diagnostic program,check for 24 VDC (direct current) acrossthe purple and gray wires of the coil. If24 VDC is present replace the relay. Ifno 24 VDC is present, check micro­processor board or wiring.

If voltages changed but machine agi­tates when it was suppose to be spin­ning and vise versa, check to see thatyellow and blue wires are connected toproper terminals on both relay andmotor. Reprogram spi n cycle.

With the coi I energized the ohmmetershould again show 0 ohms resistance(continuity). If not, replace relay.

CAUTION ----------,

The following is a live voltage check.Use appropriate care.

1. Unplug washer power cord frompower supply.

2. Reverse (interchange) the BU andYL wires on the reversing relay.

3. Re-connect power cord to powersupply.

4. Program the spin operation. If thewasher now spins you know that themotor will reverse and that mechan­ically the washer dependable drivemechanism is operating.

If the washer will only spin, unplugwasher power cord from power supply,reverse the BU and YL wires as in pre­vious example and check operation. Ifagitation is achieved, check for constantvoltage at relay coil (relay energizedconstantly).

If constant voltage, check micro­processor board. If there is no voltageduring the agitate period but the washerspins, then change the relay.

To Remove Relay:

1. Remove all wires from relay.

2. Remove screw securing relay tocontrol housing. (Note positioningtab for ease in mounting andlocating relay.)

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-12©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 81: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

The secondary side of the transformerhas three windings that are connectedto the microprocessor board throughedgeboard connector CC (see sche­matic).

CAUTION ------------,

Always disconnect power supplybefore making continuity checks ortaking resistance readings.

MOUNTING PLATEAND RELAYS

To Remove Relays:

The relays are located in the left handcorner of the washer behind the controlpanel. The three relays are mounted ona plate that is attached to the washertop.

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove two inside screws oncontrol panel and tilt forward.

3. Remove the two screws securing themounting plate to washer top.

4. Reversing relay is secured tomounti ng plate with a screw andlocating tab. Remove screw andremove reversing relay.

5. Fast and Slow relays can now beremoved by sliding tabs out of slots.

6. Remove wires from relays

Transformer

The transformer is a step-down trans­former that is used to transform theincoming line voltage to different valuesfor use by the microprocessor board.

Checking The Transformer:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Primary side. Remove the twowires, R-SK and SR, from the trans­former and check for continuity. Nocontinuity, replace transformer.

3. Secondary side. Remove the wiresfrom individual winding and makeconti nuity check. Check acrossY-SK and Y-SK, no continuity,replace transformer. Check acrossW-OR and W-OR, no continuity,replace transformer. Check acrossPK and PK, no continuity, replacetransformer.

CAUTION ---------,

Use extreme care when checkingvoltage.

4. Primary side. With volt meter con­nected across terminals, R-SK andSR, check for line voltage (120 voltsAC). No voltage, suspect powersupply.

5. Secondary side (3 windings). Withvolt meter connected across termi­nals, Y-SK and Y-SK, 20.7 volts ACshould be seen. With volt meterconnected across terminals, W-ORand W-OR, 3.8 volts AC should be

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-13©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 82: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

seen. With volt meter connectedacross terminals, PK and PK, 22.6volts AC should be seen. If not,suspect transformer or powersupply.

Note: These voltages may varyslightly.

To Remove Transformer:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove the two inside screws onthe control panel and tilt forward.The transformer is located in theright hand corner of the console.

3. Remove wires from transformer orthe edgeboard connector frommicroprocessor board.

4. Remove the two screws securingtransformer to top cover.

Voltage readings suspicious; checkpower supply or replace transformer.

Varistor (Mov-Metal Oxide Varistor)

The varistor is designed to protect themicroprocessor board from excessivevoltage. At normal line voltage, thevaristor shows extremely high resist­ance. When the line voltage exceedsthe threshold of the varistor, its resist­ance decreases to a point of providing avoltage bleed-off path. This will preventline voltage surges or "spikes" fromreaching the microprocessor board.

The varistor is actually part of the trans­former. It is connected across theprimary input terminals to suppress linevoltage surges. If visual inspectionshows a damaged varistor, the trans­former should be replaced.

LID SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Timer Models

In order for the washer to agitate, spinor fill the lid switch assembly must beoperating properly. The assembly con­sists of a lid switch, check switch andfuse holder mounted on a bracket. Theswitches are actuated through theplunger mechanism when the lid isopened and closed.

The purpose of the circuity is to openthe fuse in the event the lid switch fails.The fuse is in series with the watervalve and will prevent the washer fromfilling with water if it is open. Normalwasher operation is resumed only byservicing the lid switch and fuseassembly.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-14©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 83: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

The bracket is secured to the top coverwith a screw and locating tabs. Thehole for the screw is slotted for adjust­ment.

To remove bracket:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove control panel.

3. Remove wires from switchassembly.

4. Remove mounting screw.

5. Lift bracket to release tabs from topcover.

To check lid switch and check switch:

CAUTION ---------,

Always disconnect power supplybefore making continuity checks ortaking resistance readings.

1. Remove wires from the switchassembly.

2. Check across terminals of eachswitch for continuity with switch in

open and closed position (see sche­matic).

3. Replace if necessary.

To check fuse:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove wires from fuse holder.

3. Check across terminals for conti­nuity.

4. No continuity, replace fuse.

NOTE: Use a 1 Amp fuse only.

Switch Assembly Adjustment:

1. Place a 1 inch block between the lidand the washer top. This needs tobe located at the front of the lid.

2. Slide the lid switch assembly aheaduntil a clicking noise is heard fromthe lid switch.

3. At this point, slide the mechanismslowly back until a clicking noise isagain heard from the lid switch (holdin that location).

4. Lock the mechanism in place withthe mounting screw and the lidswitch assembly is properlyadjusted. NOTE: It is important to beaware that it is the reset operationof the lid switch that is being set bythe above technique. Always checkthis adjustment by turning washertimer to the spin cycle. Washershould shut off when the lid is raisednot more than 1 3/4".

The lid switph assembly consists of a lidswitch (single pole, single throw), acheck switch (single pole, double throw)and a 1 amp fuse (on timer models).The fuse is in a fuse holder mounted tolid assembly. The end of the lidswitch/unbalance lever actuates the lidand check switches.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·15©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 84: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Plunger

1~

Opening The Lid

LID OPEN

Lid Closed

LID CLOSED

The lid switch/unbalance lever willpush the actuator button of the lidswitch in moving it from the normallyopen position to the closed position.Electrical power from the line will bepassed through the closed switch con­tacts to the common terminal of thedouble throw check switch.

With the lid closed the actuator buttonof the check switch will not be incontact with the lid switch/unbalancelever. The check switch will be in itsnormal position with the common madeto the normally closed contact. Powerfrom line 1 is therefore connected totimer terminal 88 (input to timer).

As the lid of the washer is raised, thelid switch/unbalance lever releases thebutton of the lid switch opening the con­tacts. Power to the check switchcommon is interrupted.

As the lid is further raised the lidswitch/unbalance lever will contact andactuate the button of the check switch.Even though the check switch contactswill physically be moved, no electricalaction will take place because the lidswitch will have previously broken thecircuit.

When the lid is closed the lid switch andthe check switch are in series with theline power input to the timer. When thelid is opened, first the lid switch thenthe check switch will open to interruptthe line power input to the timer.

Lid Switch Failure

If the lid switch should fail in the openposition (no contact), the washer willsimply be non-operative (dead). Whilerare, a switch can stick (weld) in theclosed position. This is unacceptablebecause a washer cannot be allowed tooperate with an open lid particularly in

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-16©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 85: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

spin. This lid switch assemblyaddresses that type of failure.

If the lid switch sticks closed even asthe lid switch/unbalance lever releasesthe button then the check switch willstill break the circuit to the timer as thecheck switch button is activated by thelid switch/unbalance lever. This willstop the washer. As a method of callingattention to a stuck lid switch, a fuse inthe washer's fill circuit will be blown. Ifpressure switch is not satisfied, it worksthis way:

As the check switch button is actuated,it not only opens the power line circuitto timer, it also transfers that line powerto line fuse wired in the neutral side ofthe fill circuit. If the water level controlis in the empty position, a circuit ismade from the lid switch through thecheck switch to the fuse from line one.The neutral side of the line is made tothe fuse through the pressure switch tothe fuse and the fuse opens. Thewasher is effectively put flout of service"as it will not fill for the next fill opera­tion.

Microprocessor Models

The lid switch assembly consist of onlya lid switch mounted on a bracketsecured to the top cover. It uses thesame bracket and plunger as the timermodels.

Except for operation during the first fill,the machine will not operate with the lidopen. The lid is checked at least onceevery 25 milliseconds during washeroperation. If an open condition isfound, the machine goes into a pausemode with "Lid" in the display.

The microprocessor board monitors thelid switch to make sure the switch con­tacts open when the lid is raised (thecheck switch and fuse are not used onthis model). The lid must be openedbetween programs to implement thistest. If this does not occur a "lid" willappear in the display when the nextprogram is selected. This must becleared by lifting the lid before aprogram is selected. If opening the liddoes not clear the "lid" from thedisplay, assume the lid switch hasfailed and replace.

Note: The test does not occur if thecycle is ended by the pressing of the"off" key, only if the cycle endsnaturally.

Remove lid switch:

1. Disconnect washer from powersupply.

2. Remove the two inside screws oncontrol panel and tilt forward.

3. Remove wires on lid switch.

4. Remove the two screws securi ng thelid switch to mounting bracket.

5. After replacing lid switch, adjustmounting bracket so lid switch willopen when lid is raised not morethan 1 3/4".

6. Place a 1 inch block between the lidand the washer top. This needs tobe located at the front of the lid.

7. Slide the lid switch assembly aheaduntil a clicking noise is heard fromthe lid switch.

8. At this point, slide the mechanismslowly back until a clicking noise isagain heard from the lid switch (holdin that location).

9. Lock the mechanism in place withthe mounting screw and the lid

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-17©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 86: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

switch assembly is properlyadjusted.

Note: It is important to be awarethat it is the reset operation of thelid switch that is being set by theabove technique. Always check thisadjustment by turning washer timerto the spin cycle. Washer shouldshut off when the lid is raised notmore than 1 3/4/1.

Unbalance Condition:

When a load of clothes becomes unbal­anced, the unbalance mechanism willdisengage from the lid switch and stopthe washer. When this happens theword "UNBALANCED" will appear inthe display and an audible signal willsound after a period of 60 seconds. Thesignal will then sound every 60 secondsuntil the user lifts the lid (after the tubhas stopped), redistributes the clothesin the tub and closes the lid, at whichpoint the cycle resumes.

LID

To Remove Lid:

Raise the lid so it is at a 45 degreeangle with the top cover.

With the left hand, grasp the left sideof the lid toward the back. With theright hand, grasp the right side of thelid at the right front corner.

Taking care to watch where the hingeballs go; pull toward you with the righthand.

To replace lid:

Place a hinge ball in the recess of theleft side of the top cover. Holding it inposition, place the lid over the ball sothe ball is in the recess on the left sideof the lid.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-18©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 87: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Hold the lid with the left hand keepingsufficient pressure against the left sideto ensure the hinge ball will remainwedged between the lid and the topcover. With the right hand, place ahinge ball in the right side of the topcover recess.

Push the lid down against the hinge ballon the right side and with the right

thumb, press down sharply to engagethe lid with the hinge ball on the rightside.

Note: If the fit between the right hingeball and the lid is so tight you cannotpress it into position with the rightthumb, carefully strike the right cornerof the lid with the palm of the hand tosnap it into position.

FRONT PANEL

To Remove Front Panel:

1. Remove the two screws under theedge at bottom of front panel.

2. Swing front panel out from bottom todisengage spring fasteners from topcover.

With the front panel off, you haveaccess to the motor, pump, top cover,hoses and transmission.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-19©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 88: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

To Replace Front Panel:

1. Engage spring fasteners under theflange on top cover.

2. Swing panel down into position andreplace screws.

AGITATOR

The "Power Fin™'' twelve vane agitatorcreates a unique water action whichpushes water through the clothes whilemovi ng them from the top of the waterto the bottom and then up again. Thewater action tends to keep the clothesaway from the agitator and out towardthe tub.

The water circulation pattern keeps thewater constantly moving through the lintfilter.

Water enters the barrel of the agitatorthrough the slots around the top. Itpasses through the center and comesout the holes at the bottom of theagitator barrel.

To remove the agitator, remove the setscrew holding the agitator in place andpull up. Be sure set screw is replacedand securely tightened when theagitator is replaced.

Note: It will help to pull the washer unitslightly forward. This will allow you liftthe lid back further to provide greaterclearance for the agitator skirt.

The agitator is secured to the agitatordrive shaft with a 1/4" hex head screwin the barrel of the agitator into thegroove of the agitator shaft.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-20©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 89: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Before attempting to pull agitator,loosen the screw.

When replaci ng agitator, be sure topush down until agitator is bottomedbefore retightening the screw.

The water action tends to keep theclothes away from the agitator and outtoward the tub.

FABRIC SOFTENERDISPENSER

The built-in fabric softener dispenser,located in the top of the agitator isdesigned to dispense fabric softenerinto the final rinse automatically. Sincebleach and granular detergents shouldnot be used in the final rinse, theyshould not be placed in the dispensercup. Always follow the manufacturer'sdi rections for usage of fabric softener.

Place diluted softener in dispenser cupbefore starting washer. During agi­tation, it remains in the cup.

At the start of the spin for the finalrinse, the softener is spun up to the topof the cup and leaves the cup throughthe slots around the top circumferenceof cup.

The softener is held in the filter cap bycentrifugal force during the remainderof the spin cycle.

At the end of the spi n, the softenerdrains down through the agitator intothe wash basket as the water enters forthe final rinse.

CAUTION:Do not interrupt the spin cycle whenfabric softener is being used. This willcause the softener to be dispensed pre­maturely and it will not be properly uti­lized. This can result in "grease" spotson the clothes.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-21©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 90: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Manual Clean Lint FilterLINT FILTER

Self Cleaning Filters

The system uses two self-cleaningfilters located in the bottom of the innertub. The filters are cleaned when thewasher goes into spin. The lint is heldon the bottom side of the filters and isflushed down the drain with the water.

To Remove The Self-Cleaning Filters:

1. Loosen screw located on the side ofthe agitator.

2. Remove agitator.

3. Pry out filter. It is held in place wittseveral tabs. Grasp filter in thecenter on the long side. Lift up andpush in at the same time to removefilter.

4. Replace filter by pressing into place.

Water Saver models are equipped withmanual clean lint filters. The manualclean lint filter (on some models) islocated in the center of the agitator.The filter may be removed and cleaned.Because of the effectiveness of thedraining system, normally there will belittle lint or none at all on the filter.More lint will be collected whenwashing very Iinty loads, such astowels, rugs, and blankets.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-22©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 91: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

WATER INJECTOR ASSEMBLY

The injector housing is connected to thetop cover. A hose is connected to theinjector housing from the water valve.

To Remove Injector Housing:

1. Disconnect unit from power supply.

2.. Pull washer away from wall toaccess components.

3. Remove the two inside screws onthe control panel and tilt away fromthe console.

4. Remove two screws, securing frontpanel.

5. Raise top cover to access injector.

6. Remove screw securing injector tocontrol housing.

7. There is a tab on the injectorhousing that stabilizes position,remove injector housing by slidingassembly to the left (after screw isremoved).

8. Remove cover securing injectorhousing to top cover.

9. Remove clamp from hose attachedto the injector housing.

10. Reverse procedures to reassemble.

WATER VALVE

There are three different water valvesused on Maytag's current line of auto­matic washers. The type of valve useddepends on the washer model. Thethree valves types are as follows:

1. Standard Two Coil Valve: This valveis used on models which do not offerthe Energy Saver feature.

2. Three Coil Valve: This valve is usedon models with the Energy Saverfeature.

3. Two Coil Valve with Thermistor:This valve is used on the micro­processor model which is theLAT9904.

The following drawing shows thestandard two coil valve used on auto­matic washer models which do not offerthe Energy Saver feature.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-23©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 92: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

1.

With this valve, if cold is selected, onlythe cold water solenoid is energized. Ifhot is selected, only the hot watersolenoid is energized. If warm isselected, both solenoids are energizedand the temperature is a mixture ofwhatever the cold and hot water tem­peratures provide. Also, the pressureof the water is a factor since the coldand hot water is mixed.

The next drawing shows a threesolenoid valve. When cold is selected,only the cold water solenoid is ener­gized. When warm or hot is selectedwith an Energy Saver feature, both thecold and the hot water solenoids areenergized. Plus, the Energy Saversolenoid is also energized. This notonly allows water from the hot an coldwater sources but also provides somewater form the Energy Saver solenoid,which is energized, and mixes an addi­tional amount of cold water with the hotand cold already being supplied. Theresult is a colder warm and a coolerhot.

2.

The next drawing shows a two solenoidwater valve with a thermistor. This iscaused on the microprocessor model(LAT9904). The thermistor checks thetemperature of the water and elec­trically controls the temperature bymeans of opening and closing the coldand hot water solenoids to provide thedesired water temperature. Assuming140°F. hot water and 60°F. cold waterare available with normal water pres­sure.

3.

If the washer won't fill properly, makethe following checks before replacingthe water valve.

• Check faucets to make sure they areturned on.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-24©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 93: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• Check screens in inlet hoses atfaucets and at inlet of water valve. Besure they are not plugged.

• Check water level control. Be surethe air dome tube is attached to thethe control and the tub. For electricalchecks, see Electrical Trouble­shooting Section.

• Check water valve coils for continuity.These checks should be made withthe electrical supply disconnectedfrom the washer The Maytag appli­ance test meter scale is marked openand closed to indicate continuity or anincomplete circuit. If there is anincomplete circuit, there is either abad coil or a wiring problem. If a coilis bad, the water valve should bereplaced.

Thermistor Controlled Water Valve

On microprocessor models the washeris equipped with a thermistor controlledwater valve. The controller attempts toget the temperatures in the wash tub tofollow the following chart as accuratelyas possible. There are many factorswhich can contribute to the temperaturein the wash tub, so these temperaturesmay vary, depending on the conditionsof the household. The controller firstdetermines the temperature by turningon the cold water valve, both watervalves and then the hot water valve.The calibration of each valve will takeapproximately 15 seconds. Then thecontroller will determine which ratio ofhot, warm and cold to use to fill to thetarget temperature. If the thermistorfails or is disconnected, the calibration

phase will not have the hot water turnedon, and will default to a 15 secondseach of hot-warm for energy hot, bothwater valves on for warm and 15seconds each of cold-warm for energywarm.

Water Temper- Description Target Temper-ature ature

5 hot house hotwater

4 energy hot 1200

Fahrenheit

3 warm 1200

Fahrenheit

2 energy cold 800 Fahrenheit

1 cold house coldwater

Water Valve Removal

1. Disconnect unit from power supply.

Shut off both hot and cold waterfaucets.

2. Slide the washer away from wall.Place a pan or bucket below thehoses directly under the watervalve. Remove both hoses catchingexcess water in pan.

3. Remove the 5/16" screw that holdsthe bracket to the cabinet.

4. Loosen the clamp and remove theoutlet hose from the valve. Somewater will come out; catch in a pan.NOTE wire colors on the valve termi­nals and remove the wires.

5. Remove the two 5/16" screwsholdi ng the valve to the bracket.

6. Pivot out until flange clears backand lift up to disengage the bracketfrom the slot on the back panel.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-25©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 94: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Note: This is a non-repairable valve.

Removescrews

assembly allowing the lid to open pro­viding assess for checking the temper­ature of incoming water.

Water Valve Operation

Note: On microprocessor models thisis a 24 volt DC valve, do not test usingline voltage (120VAC). Timer modelsuse a 120 VAC water valve.

The following is an explanation of theoperation of the water valve and pointsout the importance of the filter screens.

Water Valve Installation

Mount the new valve to the bracket withthe two 5/16" screws. A white wiregoes to each electrical solenoid withthe orange wire going to the hot watersolenoid on the valve. The remainingwire, blue, goes to the cold watersolenoid. Re-install the hose and clampon the outlet of the valve. Secure thebracket with the 5/16" screw. Replacethe hot water hose to the side markedwith an "H" on the bracket.

The cold water side is marked with a"C". Turn the water faucets on andcheck for leaks at the valve. Slide thewasher back into position and plug inthe power cord. Select the "Regular"setting and the "Hot" setting. Let waterrun for a short ti me and then check tem­perature of the water coming into tub. Ifthe water is hot, then select the "Cold".If this water is cold, the hoses areinstalled correctly. If the temperaturesare incorrect, simply shut off the waterfa ucets and reverse the fi II hoses.

Note: On microprocessor modelsdepressing the "Pause/Resume" padduring fill will override the lid switch

Inlet Hose Screens

Filter screens MUST be used in theinlets of the water valve to minimizeunnecessary valve failure. Thesescreens are used in the valve inlet toprevent foreign materials from enteringthe valve. Particles of sand, soil ormineral deposits gathering in the valvecan block the diaphragm "open" orhinder solenoid plunger operation.

Both the inlet hoses have screens tohelp filter out the foreign material thatmay have come from the water source.A fine mesh screen is used in the watervalve inlet to filter out the material thatmay pass through the inlet hose screen.Always check both inlet hose and valvescreens.

IF FILTER SCREENS HAVE BEENREMOVED, BE SURE SCREENS AREREPLACED TO MINIMIZE UNNECES­SARY VALVE FAILURE.

No Fill

Check water valve coils for continuity.These checks should be made with theelectrical supply disconnected from thewasher. The 24 volt water valve coil

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-26©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 95: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

should have a resistance of between140 and 160 ohms. For 120 Volt valves500 - 900 ohms. For convenience, theanalog appliance test meter scale ismarked open and closed to indicatecontinuity or an incomplete circuit. Ifthere is an incomplete circuit, there is abad coil. If a coil is bad, the watervalve should be replaced.

Note: On microprocessor models thewater valve solenoid coils are intendedfor 24 volts DC operation. DO NOT testusing a motor test cord.

Over Fill

Put machine into a fill, preferably awarm setting. While the washer isfilling, turn the control to "OFF" or dis­connect the power cord. If the watervalve does not stop the flow of water,the valve is at fault. If the water flow ofwater stops, the problem is electrical.Check water level control, micro­processor board and wiring.

Slow Fill

1. Check screens at faucet forsediment build-up.

2. Check screens at water valve forsediment build-up.

3. Check water pressure. The waterpressure should be between 30 p.s.i.and 120 p.s.i. - dynamic (flow) pres­sure.

Note: If washer fills (Large setting) infive minutes or less, water valve isoperating normally.

A flow-pressure tester can be made upeasily using local available fittings andwater pressure gauge.

Water Pressure Gauge

Static pressure: Pressure when valve isclosed.

Dynamic (flow) pressure:: Pressurewhen valve is open and water isflowing.

If this pressure is below 30 p.s.i., watervalve may not operate properly. If pres­sure is above 80 p.s.i., water line"hammer" is probable.

Water Flow

The water valve is designed to operatein pressure range of 30 to 120 p.s.i. Iffor example, the water pressure at theinlet valve is 40 p.s.i., water from inlet"A" is pushing against diaphragm "C"at 40 p.s.i. The solenoid plunger "E"and spring "F" alone are keep thediaphragm in a closed position,blocking the flow of water until thesolenoid is energized. To do this, smallbleed holes "0" about the size of a pin,are put in the diaphragm to allow waterto flow into the plunger area "H". Thewater in the plunger area equalized thepressure on both sides of thediaphragm. The spring pushes thepi unger down into the center of thediaphragm closing center opening, untilthe solenoid is energized.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-27©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 96: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

stopping the flow of water to thewasher.

Closed

c

Open~..."..F

G

H

During the fill portion of the cycle, thesolenoid is energized, creating anelectromagnetic field and pulling theplunger "E" away from the diaphragm.This allows water to escape outopening "G", thus having little pressurefrom the supply forces the diaphragm"C" open and allows water to run underthe diaphragm and out the outlet of thevalve and into the washer. When thewasher fills to selected water level, thesolenoid is de-energized and theplunger spring "F" pushes the plungerback into the diaphragm opening "G".Water is forced through the bleed holes"0" until an equal pressure is attainedon both sides of the diaphragm thus

Assume for a moment, the solenoid isenergized and the washer is filling. If aforeign particle reaches the water valve"A" and there are no screens to stopthe particle, it continues on into thevalve to the diaphragm "C" and the par­ticle lodges in the small bleed hole.This permits the water to continue toflow under the diaphragm, to the outletand into the tub; because the watercannot pass through the bleed holes toequalize pressure on both sides of thediaphragm to close the diaphragm seatdown on the valve seat.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-28©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 97: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

START CAPACITOR

A start capacitor has been added todecrease inrush current and increasethe reliability of the pressure switch.This eases the load on the switches inthe motor ci rcuit. Rated at 115VAC, 60Hz.

Note: Odd cycle models use a 240 voltcapacitor.

The start capacitor is attached by rivets.

CAPACITOR KIT (EXPORTMODELS)

There is available, an accessorycapacitor kit to make installation of acapacitor easier. This kit consists ofthe following items and instructions.

• Clip for capacitor

• Capacitor

• Green No. 17 wire

• Pop rivets

• Moisture shield

POLY PUMP

The poly pump will pump the water outof the tub to the drain du ri ng spi n.

The direction of the pump impeller rota­tion depends on rotational direction ofthe motor since the pump is belt drivenfrom the motor. During agitation thepump impeller is turning in a clockwisedirection with the water being forcedback into the washbasket. During spinthe impeller turns in the counterclock­wise direction for pump out.

To Remove the Pump:

1. Disconnect hoses from pump.

2. Tilt washer and remove pump belt.

3. Remove three screws from bottom ofbase holding pump to base. Themounting holes for the pump on thebase frame are slotted for adjust­ment of the pump belt. Note generalposition of pump before removing.

4. Tilt pump and lift through accesshole in base frame.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-29©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 98: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

BELTS 3. Stick your hand through the accesshole and guide the belt around thedrive pulley. ,.

Replacing Belts

The belts can be replaced using two dif-ferent methods. One method is tiltingthe washer back and replacing thebelts. The other is by removing thefront panel and using the access hole inthe base frame. The access hole is putin the base frame in the event thewasher cannot be tilted back.

To change the belts using the accesshole:

1. Remove front panel.

2. Grasp the drive belt at the end thatgoes on the motor pulley. Squeezethis end together. This will form aloop on the other end. Insert belt 4. Push motor towards transmission.under washer with the loop end Loop belt over motor pulley andtowards the drive pulley. rotate it into position

5. Replace pump belt and check thepump belt tension (refer to sectioncovering adjustment for pump belttension).

6. Replace front panel and check oper-ation of the washer.

Belt Guard

The belt guard is secured to the frontpanel by three sheet metal screwsthrough the long lip of the belt guardand lower lip at the base of the frontpanel.

Attaching the belt guard in this mannermakes it unnecessary to remove it fromthe front panel since it will be automat­ically removed and replaced with thefront panel.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-30©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 99: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Pump Belt

Adjustment of Pump Belt:

1. Pull motor forward so drive belt istight.

2. With washer in an upright position,grasp the pump belt in the middleand flex. With the belt flexed, itshould be tightened so that there isapproximately 1/4" between theinside surfaces of the pump beltbefore movement of the motor is felt.

3. If necessary, tilt washer and loosenscrews holding pump to base frameand position pump to attain theproper 1/4" dimension.

BLEACH INJECTOR SYSTEM

The bleach injector system is locatedon the left-hand side of the product.Bleach is poured directly into thebleach inlet, flowing through the bleach

. hose and into the bottom of the outertub.

Diluting of the bleach occurs during thefill and agitation portion of the cycle.During the spin a deflector inside of theouter tub prevents the wash water frombeing pumped up the bleach tube.

To remove bleach injector system:

If it is necessary to remove and replacethe bleach inlet, first remove the frontpanel and pull bleach hose off of inletspout.

Remove the screws holding the topcover and raise the top cover slightly.Use a block to hold top cover 3" to 4"above the tub cover. Use a blockingmaterial that will not damage the tubcover.

With top cover in this position pressdown firmly on bleach inlet until it isremoved through the bottom of the topcover. Before replacing the inlet,examine the gasket in the top cover. Ifdamaged, it should be replaced beforereplacing the new bleach inlet.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-31©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 100: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

To replace bleach inlet:

When replacing the bleach inlet, applywarm water to the bleach inlet andgasket. Replace gasket fi rst.

Push the inlet up and into position fromthe bottom of the top cover. Usesilicone sealant on bottom side of inletto prevent leaks around inlet. Lowerthe top cover and replace the screws.Replace hose to spout of bleach inletand replace front panel.

TUB COVER

The tub cover is secured to the outertub with eight (8) tabs. To the rear ofthe tub cover you will see the flange,sticking upwards. This is what trips theunbalance lever on the lid switch. Thetub cover can be removed by pushingdownward on the tub cover and pullingtabs out and away from outer tUb.

To Remove Tub Cover:

1. Disconnect power from unit beforeservicing.

2. Secure lid to the top cover.

3. Remove two screws securing frontpanel.

4. Remove two screws securing topcover to cabinet, and tilt top coverbackwards.

5. Remove tub cover by unsnappingthe tabs, securing tub cover to outertub.

6. Reverse procedure for assembly.

BALANCE RING

The balance ring is connected to theinner tub by three (3) tabs.

"

,.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·32©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 101: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

You can remove the balance ring byinserting a pencil or other small pinthrough the three small holes in theouter tub depressing the tabs on thebalance ring. Try using a thin piece ofcardboard to place between the tab andouter tub once you have inserted thepencil through the hole to depress thetabs. This will allow you to work on theother tabs for easy removal.

Be careful when removing the balancering. Do not drop on floor.

CENTER SHAFT SEAL

This is a water seal that prevents waterfrom getting into the transmission.

To remove seal:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove agitator. Back screwlocated on the side of the agitatorout far enough to pull agitator off theagitator shaft.

3. Pry out lock ring for retainingwasher.

4. Remove retaining washer.

5. Remove Seal by prying out.

Note: When replacing this seal, theoutside should be dry and the inside·should be lubricated with center sealgrease. Small end of the seal must goagainst agitator shaft collar.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-33©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 102: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Seal Leaks

Water leaks from the center shaft sealor boot seal can be detected by lookingunder the outer tub with a flashlight.When looking under the outer tub youwill be able to see the bottom of the tubbearing and the bottom of the tubbearing sleeve where it sits on top ofthe transmission.

If the water is coming from the slots inthe tub bearing, suspect a boot sealleak.

If the water is comi ng out underneaththe bearing sleeve and down onto thetransmission, suspect a center shaftseal leak or mounting stem screw leak.

INNER TUB

To remove inner tub:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove front panel.

3. Raise top cover.

4. Unsnap tub cover from outer tabsand remove tub cover.

5. Remove agitator.

6. Use spanner wrench to removeclamping nut. This is a left-handthread so it must be turned clock­wise. A mallet will be required toloosen the nut. Use care whenstriking wrench to prevent chippingthe tUb.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-34©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 103: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

7. Remove clamping nut washer.

Replacing tub:

1. When replacing the inner tub, rock itback and forth on the mounting stemto make sure it is seated properly.

2. Replace washer and nut.

3. Tighten nut. Use care not to chiptub.

Tub Centering

If it should be necessary to re-centerthe tub, use the following procedure:

1. Place a 1/2 lb. weight in the tub.

2. Allow the washer to reach full spinspeed.

3. When the washer reaches full spinspeed, open the lid and allow the tubto come to a complete stop. Theopening in the tub cover should becentered with the opening in the topcover, but with a small portion of thetub cover visible at the back. Thisvisible portion of the tub covershould not exceed 1/4".

4. If the proper amount of the tub coveris not visible at the back or the tub isoff center on either side, tighten theopposite damper spring and recheckas outlined above.

MOUNTING STEM AND BOOTSEAL

If a water Jeak occurs it can be detectedby removi ng the front panel and usi ng aflashlight to inspect the tub bearing. Ifthe boot seal is leaking, water willcome out through the openings aroundthe tub bearing holder. A symptom of aleak is water around around the insideof the cabinet at the level of the trans­mission. As water leaks out of thebearing area it will generally pick upsome oil. If this is a leak, use themounting stem repair kit.

r To Replace Mounting Stem and BootSeal:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-35©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 104: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

2. Remove two screws holding frontpanel. Pull front panel up frombottom and remove.

3. Remove two bolts holding top coverand raise top cover.

4. Remove agitator.

5. Use the Maytag spanner wrench toremove clamping nut. This is a left­hand thread so it must be turnedclockwise. A mallet will be requiredto loosen the nut.

6. Remove the ciampi ng nut washer.

7. Unsnap tub cover and remove tubcover.

8. Remove inner tub.

9. Remove the setltorx screw in themounting stem.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-36©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 105: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Note: When replacing the screw,position wrench as shown in the fol­lowing photos and tighten screw.With screw securely tightened, theend of the screw will be flush orprotrude by 1/6" out of the mountingstem (see following photos). If thescrew goes in further than flush it isprobably going into the recessedgroove. If this happens, back thescrew out and tighten the mountingstem some more. Then retighten thescrew. The screw must not beseated in the groove.

10. Use a Maytag spanner wrench toremove mounting stem. Like theclamping nut, this is a left-handthread and must be turnedclockwise. A mallet will be requiredto loosen the mounting stem.

11. When the mounting stem is lifted offyou have access to the "0" ring andboot seal.

12. The 110" ring may be removed with athin blade screwdriver or ice pick.

13. Remove boot seal by twisting clock­wise. Do not grasp around carbonring.

REASSEMBLING THE MOUNTING STEM

• Center seal grease should be used onthe mounting stem threads. When themounti ng stem has been turned on thecenter stem and hand-tightened, usethe spanner wrench to seat themounting stem. Tap the spannerwrench several times with a hammerto seat.

• Before inserting the screw into themounting stem, lubricate the hole inthe mounting stem with MaytagCenter Seal grease. Be sure totighten the screw securely.

Note: Screw must not be in a waterrelief groove.

OUTER TVB

To Remove Outer Tub:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove inner tub.

3. Loosen screw in mounting stem.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-37©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 106: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

4. Use a Maytag spanner wrench to 10. Remove outer tub.remove mounti ng stem. Like theclamping nut, this is a left-hand REPLACING OUTER TUBthread and must be turned clock- 1. When replacing tub bolt nuts, justwise. A mallet will probably be get them started. Do not tightenrequired to loosen the mounting them until you have the front boltstem. also started, Using the brake

5. When the mounting stem is lifted off package tool, you can hook the frontyou have access to the "0" ring and brace to apply pressure to move theboot seal. brace against the tUb. This makes it

6. The "0" ring may be removed with a easier to get the lock washer and

thin blade screwdriver or an ice nut on the front tub bolt.

pick. REMEMBER

7. Remove boot seal by twisting c1ock- The two rear bolts are longerwise. Do not grasp around carbon than the front bolt. DO NOT use aring. long tub bolt in the front position.

8. Loosen clamps and remove drainhose and air dome from outer tub. 2. Replace pressure switch air dome

9. Remove three bolts that hold the hose and tub outlet to pump hose.

outer tub to the tub braces. To facili- 3. Install mounting stem and tighten intate removal of tub bolts, remove a counterclockwise direction.outside nuts, lock and retaining Observe the location of the setwashers and push tub bolts through screw hole in relation to the waterthe tub. Lift off outer tub. relief grooves from the top of the

stem (before the center seal isinstalled). The screw must not endup in one of the grooves. Tighten asneeded.

4. With the mounti ng stem properlyinstalled, insert the center seal withthe small end down.

Install the stainless steel washerand retainer spring clip.

5. Reinstall the wash basket (innertub).

6. Position tub cover with trip bracketparallel to back panel. Snap the

Note: The location of tub and seal tabs into place on the outer tubbolt, fiber washer, brace, retainerwasher, and washer and nut.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-38©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 107: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

TUB BEARING

The tub bearing is a sintered metalbearing molded in rubber to fit with theouter tub. The inner face of themounti ng stem tightens down on thebearing sleeve locking it to the powerunit. The sleeve always turns with thepower unit inside the outer tub bearingin spin.

To Remove Outer Tub Bearing:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove outer tub.

3. Because of the porcelain tub andmolded retainer, it is not practical todrive the tub bearing from the tub.To remove the bearing from the tub,elevate the tub so that the porcelaindrai n tube clears the floor. Thiscould be done by placi ng a 2x4 or adoubled over corner post under thetub.

4. Apply pressure on the bearingpushing it from the tub. This can bedone by standing on the bearing.

To Replace Tub Bearing:

1. Turn tub over, starti ng beari ng intotub cover.

Note: Caution should be exercisedto see that the tub bearing is startedinto the tub straight to prevent anderratic or egg-shaping when seatedin the tub.

2. Press bearing into place by applyingpressure. This may also be done bystanding on the bearing. To avoidgetting dirt in the bearing, place aprotective cloth over the bearingbefore standi ng on it.

TRANSMISSION - ORBITAL

How it works:

The helical drive mechanism used onthe washer is simple---not requiring aspecial device or linkage normally usedto shift the washer from agitation tospin.

As you look at the following drawings,remember that the parts shown in dark(damper, brake housing, brake drumand outer race of the spin bearing) areattached to the base and never rotate.

A reversible motor, helical (threaded)drive shaft and pulley make up the drivemechanism. The pulley, threaded ontothe helical drive shaft, moves either upor down the shaft dependent on thedirection it is turned by the drive motorthrough a drive belt.

Agitation

With the pUlley (A) being turned clock­wise as shown in Drawing 1, it movesdown the helical drive shaft (B). As itrotates down the shaft, a lug (C) on thepulley comes against drive lug (D)

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-39©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 108: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

which is splined to the helical driveshaft.

At this point the drive shaft rotates withthe pulley. The pulley bearing (E)which is sitting on top of the pulley,rotates with the pulley, drive lug anddrive shaft.

Inside the transmission, the piniongear, splined to the drive shaft, rotatesand drives the bevel gear. As the bevelgears rotates, the torque block andyoke assembly causes the agitator shaftto oscillate, creating the water actionfor wash.

AGITATION

Bevel Gear Washer

0-"0" Ring

+--- Agitator Shaft

Bevel GearAgitator ShaftRetainer Spring

ALL DARK SHADES ARESTATIONARY COMPONENTS',ALL LIGHT SHADES AREMOVING COMPONENTS

Brake Housing

DRAWING 1

Transmission Housing/

tHGJBDCE

Outer RaceSpin Bearing

Brake Drum (IISplined Washer

Clutch Plate Washer

Torque Block and Yoke

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-40©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 109: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Spin

When the motor reverses, the pulley will turn in the direction shown in Drawing 2.This causes the pulley (A) and bearing (E) to turn. The pulley climbs the threads onthe helical drive shaft (B) overcoming the force of the brake spring (J) and lifts thebrake rotor (G) and brake shoe off the brake drum (I).

Bevel Gear Washer

"0" R'0- lng

Bevel Gear

Brake Housing

EG J B

'Pin

Lower Collar

.--­Agitator Shaft rRetainer Spring

Co,er Plate ~

./+-_.----Damper

Pinion Gear/ / Outer Race

Clutch Plate Washer / Spin Bearing

Splined Washer Brake Drum (I)

Torque Block and Yoke

ALL DARK SHADES ARE

STATIONARY COMPONENTS;

ALL LIGHT SHADES ARE

MOVING COMPONENTS

DRAWING 2

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-41©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 110: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

______ TransmissionHousing

without removing the transmission fromthe washer. Therefore, you will nolonger replace the entire transmissionassembly. Any internal component thatfails must be replaced as needed.

~ 0 -- "0" Ring

Bevel Gear Washer ~-- Agitator Shaft

Agitator Shaft Bevel GearRetainer Spring~ rilL"

(,? ,- ....

~-~h;,I\,·c..:,,,:~,,t:~~)./:~ ,~r~~"...-_..----__D::::: Package

and Yoke i' ______ Lip SealSplined ~

Lower Collar lIasher Pin ~

."", G,,' '~ 0"': Sh,ftClutch Plate Washer ~Bearlng

~ Drive Pulley

Inside the transmission are twowashers that act as a clutch. This fric­tion clutch consists of the bronzewasher and clutch plate washer. Thebronze washer is splined to, and rotateswith the drive shaft. Between thebronze washer and the pinion gear isthe clutch plate washer. It fits into a"D" slot in the housing, which keeps itfrom turning.

As the helical shaft is pulled downwardthe two clutch washers under the pinionare forced together. This is donerapidly and slippage occurs only duringthe first two or three revolutions, untilthe film of oil between the two clutchwashers is forced out.

As the pulley climbs the shaft and over­comes the force of the brake spri ngthere is a downward pull on the shaft.

The drive occurs when the washers areforced together and pulley has climbedthe shaft as far as it can. The drivingforce has locked the pulley, brake rotorand transmission together. All will turnas a unit in the same direction as thepulley is turning, causing the tub to spin(counterclockwise viewed from the top).

Spin Cycle Completed

stop Lug ---:----Lock WasherScrew _--1

TRANSMISSION REPAIRPROCEDURE

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Loosen the screw in the agitator andremove.

When the washer reaches the end ofthe spin cycle, the driving force isremoved. Thus, there is no force sup­plied to lock the components togetheror compress the brake spri ng. Themomentum of the spinning tub drivesthe pulley downward allowing the brakespring to press the brake rotor down.The rotor presses the oil in the lip of thebrake drum out of the way and contactsthe drum surface and stops the tub.

Replacement of the internal trans­mission components can be done

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-42©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 111: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

3. Remove the retaining clip for shaftseal. This is located in the top of themounting stem and is easilyremoved with a screwdriver.

4. Remove the front panel.

5. Lay the washer on its back andremove the belts.

6. Place the tub block in the tub.

7. Place an oil catch pan under thecenter hub of the transmission. Themotor cover will do for this.

8. Remove the eight (8) hex head boltswith a 7/16 nut driver. Be sure thebolt heads are facing up. This willinsure that you will not get oil all

over the back of the washer shouldthe cover come loose. Cut aroundthe cover to separate silicon MaytagRTV sealer used as a gasket.

9. Remove the cover plate (it may benecessary to pry the plate off with ascrewdriver). Carefully rotate thetransmission, dumping the oil intoyour catch pan.

10. Remove the agitator shaft retainingspring by pulling it out and off theagitator shaft. Care should be takenwhen removing.

. Remove the lower collar pin with a3/16" Allen wrench.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·43©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 112: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

12. Grasp the drive pulley and slowlypull the center shaft out. Only asmall amount of force will beneeded to remove the shaft. Becareful not to damage the lip seal atthe bottom of the transmission.

13. Pull the agitator shaft out throughthe tub. Remove the "a" ring fromshaft.

Note: You may have to pull hard onthis as the oil in the torque blockforms a suction.

14. With the agitator and drive shaftsremoved, simply lift out the fol­lowing parts: lower collar andpinion gear, followed by the clutchplate and splined washer which areboth located under the pinion gear.

15. The torque block and yoke can nowbe removed as can the bevel gear.Underneath the bevel gear is aspacer washer. Remove it.

16. At this point, all components to bereassembled should be cleaned.Also, clean any silastic from thetransmission housing and coverbefore reassembling.

REASSEMBLY

1. Install spacer washer followed bythe bevel gear on the center studpin. Apply thin film of oil on studbefore installing gear.

2. Place pivot stud of torque block yokeinto the hole in the bevel gear. Pointthe unsplined portion of the torque

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-44©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 113: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SHAFT RETAINING~-SPRING

9. Rotate the drive gear (counterclock­wise) to check the transmission forproper operation.

10. Apply a new bead of Maytag RTVsilastic to the edge of the trans-

7. Insert the agitator shaft in throughthe top of the transmission housing.Align the splines and push together.

8. Place the agitator shaft spring intothe groove portion of the agitatorshaft. Squeezing the spring togetherwill be required before it can beinserted into the groove.

6. With all of the parts of this segmentaligned and in place, install the pinfor lock collar and tighten. Usethread locking compound on pinthreads.

4. Place the pinion in line with thedrive shaft hole, then push the driveshaft through the various compo­nents unti I it is flush with the top ofthe pinion gear. Some minortwisting of the shaft will be requiredin order to line up all of the splines.

5. Now place the lower lock collarbetween the unsplined portion of theyoke and pinion gear. Push theshaft into the smaller unsplinedportion of the torque block and yoke.

block towards the bottom of thewasher.

3. Place the copper splined washer onthe bottom and clutch plate washeron top, and lay them in the slot asshown.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-45©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 114: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

APPLY BEADAROUNDHOUSING

mission housing. Fill with Maytagtransmission oil. One bottle is acomplete fill.

11. Place the cover on the housing.Insert the ei ght (8) bolts and tighten.Be sure not to over tighten theseeight (8) bolts so as to prevent strip­ping the threads.

12. Reinstall the belts and front panel.Place washer upright and removethe tub block.

13. Insert the "0" ring over the agitatorshaft. With the use of the two screw­drivers, work the "0" ring over thecollar and back into the "V" groovebetween the agitator shaft collar andthe upper stem bearing.

14. Install shaft seal, retaining washerand snap ring into the mountingstem.

15. Reinstall agitator and lock in placeby tightening set screw.

16. Reinstall washer, level and checkfor proper operation.

LIP SEAL

A lip seal is used to keep the oil in thetransmission. It is located at the bottomof the transmission and is pressed intoa bore in the center tube. The centershaft is inserted through the seal. Thelip of the seal presses against thecenter shaft creating a seal to keep theoil inside the transmission.

It is only necessary to remove the drivepulley to gain access to the lip seal.

Removing the seal:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Tip washer to gain access to bottompulley. Remove dust cover fromcenter of pulley. Remove #2 Phillipsscrew & lock washer from bottom ofdrive shaft.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-46©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 115: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

3. Pry drive lug off drive shaft.

4. Spin drive pulley off shaft (c.c.w.from bottom).

5. Use the lip seal tool part number toremove the lip seal from the centertube. This tool is screwed into thelip seal and the lip seal is removedby turning the bolt against the centershaft.

Note: You may need to hold thetransmission when tightening the lipseal tool and when replacing the lipseal to keep the transmission fromrotating.

6. Clean lip seal bore in the centertube with choke cleaner to removeany oil. Make sure area is cleanand dry.

7. Press new Ii p seal over Seal­Protector. The Seal-Protector isdesigned to protect the seal area ofthe lip seal from rolling over ortearing as the seal is pressed intothe center tube of the transmission.

8. Slide assembly over square threadof center shaft until the lip sealstarts into the center tube bore.

9. Turn drive pulley onto the centershaft and agai nst Seal-Protector.Tighten pulley to press lip seal intocenter tube bore. Back pulley offand check to make sure lip seal ispressed into position (flange of lipseal should be against end of centertube).

10. Remove pull ey.

11. Using the loops, remove Seal­Protector and discard.

12. Replace pulley and belts. Be surerotor bearing is on drive pulley cor­rectly with "cup" of bearing over hubof pulley.

13. Place washer in upright position.Replace front panel and remove tub

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-47©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 116: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

block. Connect washer and checkfor proper operation.

DAMPER ASSEMBLY

The damper assembly consists of adamper, tub support arms and cen­tering springs.

Damper Pads

Dry or poorly lubricated damper padscan result in a rubbing noise during thebeginning and end of the spin cycle. Ifthis condition is encountered, thedamper pads should be lubricated orreplaced.

When you order damper pads and/or adamper or a base, a quantity of siliconegrease is also provided. The quantity issufficient to lubricate the three damperpads. The silicone grease should beapplied by hand and should thoroughlycover each pad. Over lubrication is notnecessary. Although only a smallamount of grease is furnished in thecontainer, it is adequate to do the job.

To replace or lubricate damper pads:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove two screws holding frontpanel and remove front panel.

3. Remove two bolts holding top coverand raise top cover.

4. Remove nuts from three eyebolts.The position of the nuts on theeyebolts can be marked by placingstrips of electrical tape around boltsabove nuts before loosening.

5. Remove drive belt.

6. \Tip washer back and lay a 4" x 4"Wood block under drive pulley.

7. Set washer down on top of the woodblock.

8. The complete assembly of the tubsand damper should be pushed upfrom the base far enough to get tothe damper pads.

9. Scrape old pads from base.

10. Use a degreasing agent such asalcohol to remove any grease fromarea.

11. Apply rubber adhesive part numberto area where old pads wereremoved.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-48©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 117: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

12. Apply pads to base and let dry. Thetop surface of pad should be located3/32" below center opening in base.The distance between pads shouldbe about 5/8".

......-11-P' ~DAMPERPADS

rre=;----_'~

13. Lubricate damper pads with siliconegrease.

14. Assemble washer.

15. Check tub centering and adjust ifnecessary (refer to section on tubcentering).

Damper Replacement

If damper replacement is needed:

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove front panel.

3. Remove all hoses from outer tub.

4. Lay washer on its back (watch thelid).

5. Remove belts, pulley and brakepackage.

6. Place washer in an upright positionand remove nuts from centeri ngsprings (mark location).

7. Lift entire assembly, tubs, trans­mission and damper, out of the

washer and lay on the floor. Usecaution when doing this.

8. Remove the bolts from the damperears that hold the tub braces.

9. Lift damper clear of the tub bracesand remove from washer.

10. Install new damper using reverseorder. Make sure boss for retainerclip is aligned toward pump.

BRAKE PACKAGE ANDRADIAL BEARING

DRY BRAKE

The normal symptom of a dry brakepackage is a screeching noise at theend of the spi n cycl e as the tub comesto a stop.

The brake can be lubricated withoutremoving it from the washer.

To Lubricate Brake:

1. Disconnect the electrical supply tothe washer.

2. Put tub block in tub and lay washerback far enough to get to the pulleyand brake.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-49©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 118: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

3. Remove drive pulley.

4. Use pulley dust cover as measureand squeeze two capfuls of trans­mission oil over brake package lip.

5. Put the pulley on the shaft and turnuntil the brake is disengaged. Withthe brake disengaged, the oil willrun into the brake package. Turnthe pulley several times to insureproper lubrication. Reset stop lugand install dust cap.

BRAKE DISASSEMBLY

The brake must be released before thewasher will spin. If the brake is stuck, itwon't release. In this case, the brakemust be repaired or replaced.

After drive pulley has been removed,the brake assembly can be removed asfollows (power unit in place):

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. With tub block in place, the tubs andpower unit will be parallel with thecabinet. Remove hex bolt andretainer clip in damper holding thebrake package.

3. Use the brake tool to unscrew thebrake package assembly from thedamper. When the brake package isfree, pull out to disengage it fromthe spline surface of the drive tube.The brake package is accessiblenow for disassembly and repair.

4. After brake package has beenremoved, the radial beari ng may beremoved from top of brake package.

REMOVE RADIALBEARING FROMTOP OF BRAKEPACKAGE

16001145/ SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·50©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 119: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

To Disassemble the Brake Package:

38314TOOL TODISMANTLEBRAKE

L.JBRAKE r-.~DRUM

I

_.JThe brake assemblv contains a springwhich is partially compressed andexerting 200 Ibs. pressure. Use tool todismantle brake. Because of thisspring, CAUTION MUST BE TAKENwhen disassembling the units.

Use tool to dismantle brake, to holdbrake package spring prior to disman­tling the brake package. Removescrews holding brake package togetherthen slowly loosen the compression tooluntil the spring tension is completelyreleased. Brake components are nowaccessible for service. Reassemble byreversing the procedure.

When reassembling the brake,fill therubber dust cap which fits over the endof the drive pulley with transmission oil.

Then pour the oil over the lip of thebrake package and replace the dustcap. Use two capfuls.

To Replace Brake Package:

1. Place radial bearing in top of brakepackage.

2. Insert brake package over drive tubesplines.

3. Start threads of brake package intodamper turning it by hand.

4. Be sure that tub block is in placekeeping tubs level so as to preventbinding on brake package threads.

5. When turning brake package into thedamper, allow power unit to turn sothat you do not have to overcomethe friction of the brake.

6. When threaded tight, use the braketool and hammer to seat brakepackage firmly in place.

7. Locate retaining clip and tightendamper bolt securely into damper.

Note: Once the brake has beenreinstalled, turn the pulley on the shaftuntil the brake is disengaged. With thebrake disengaged, the oil will run intothe brake package. Turn the pulleyseveral times to insure proper lubri­cation.

To Service the Brake without Removingit from the Washer:

1. Remove drive pulley.

2. Replace every other brake drumretainer screw (total of eight) with a1 1/2" long 8-32 machine screw.Snug these screws up against brakedrum.

3. Remove the four remaining brakedrum screws and then alternatelyloosen the four long machine screws

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·51©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 120: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

just inserted. The idea is to lowerthe brake down evenly to avoidbending it.

4. As the screws are loosened, thebrake spring will reach the limit ofits extension. You will run out ofspring pressL!re before you run outof screw thread. Remove brakedrum and gasket.

5. Pull brake rotor assembly from spintube spline. Inspect liner for wearor damage. Replace if questionable.

6. Wipe inside of brake housing beforereassembly.

7. Inspect spring cap for wear. Wearindicates sticking radical bearing.

8. Apply grease to inside of rotorsplines before reassembly. Usenew gasket.

9. Tighten machine screws alternatelyto compress brake drum back tohousing. Install four original screwsand replace "service" screws.

10. Add two ounces of auto. trans. lubeover lip of brake drum.

DRIVE PULLEY AND ROTORBEARING

The drive pulley must be removed togain access to the rotor bearing or toremove the brake package.

To Remove Pulley:

1. Remove drive and pump belts andrubber cap covering hub of pulley.

2. Remove screw and washer frombottom of drive shaft.

3. Remove the splined drive lug fromthe drive shaft.

4. Turn pulley counterclockwise toremove it from the hel ical shaft. Therotor bearing is located above thedrive pulley.

Note: There is a top and bottom tothe rotor bearing. When it is posi­tioned correctly, the top of thebearing and the pulley hub will beabout even. If you put the rotorbearing on upside down. you willhave no brake.

Note: Whe.nlhe drive pulley isreplaced, the drive lug must be properlypositioned.

To Adjust Drive Lug:

Turn the drive pulley onto the shaftclockwise until all play is taken up.Holding the pulley in this position, thedistance between drive and pulley lugsshould be 3/8". Turn pulley counter­clockwise and check to see that thedrive lug and pulley are making contact.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·52©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 121: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

PUlleyLug

CAUTION:There should always be a clearancebetween the bottom of the pulley andthe top of the stop lug to prevent thedrive pulley from dragging on the drivelug, forcing it off the shaft.

MOTOR CARRIAGE

The motor carriage consists of an upperand lower section. The lower section ismounted to the base frame. The uppersection is used to mount the motor. Thelower section has two square glides oneach side which engage in a track oneach side of the upper section. Twotension springs are attached betweenthe two sections. When removingsprings note location of the holes.

During agitation the motor pulleyrotates in a clockwise direction asviewed from the top of the motor. Thetension of the two springs keeps themotor pulled toward the front of thewasher causing the motor pulley totighten against the drive belt.

During spin the motor pulley rotates ina counterclockwise direction as viewedfrom the top of the washer. The initialsurge caused by the reverse torque of

the motor pUlis the motor along thetrack to the rear. The drive belt slips inthe drive pulleys so the motor does notabsorb the full starting impact andweight of the full tub.

As the inertia of the tub is overcome,the motor is pulled ahead by thetension springs allowing the drive beltto settle into the motor pulley and grad­ually build up spin speed. The drivebelt tension during spin is automaticallyprovided by the two motor tensionsprings.

MOTOR REMOVAL

The drive motor is attached to the uppersection of the motor base by the motorthru-bolts and nuts. Motor replacementnecessitates removing the motor basefrom the washer base.

1. Disconnect unit from power source.

2. Remove two screws holding frontpanel and remove panel.

3. Remove motor cover.

4. Remove machine harness wiresfrom motor switch terminals.

5. Remove belts.

6. Remove three screws holding motorbase to base frame and removemotor base and motor.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·53©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 122: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

.7. Remove motor pulley.

8. Disengage tension springs andremove mounting nuts. (To removetwo of the nuts, al ign upper andlower sections and insert wrenchthrough the slots into lower section.)

To remove motor from bracket, standmotor (shaft up) and lift off. With motorremoved, carriage and glides areaccessible for service.

Clean the motor base of any dirt or lint.Replace motor on motor base and tobase frame. Lubricate the track andglides with Maytag poly oil. Whenmotor base is attached to base frame,mount with slotted end of lower car­riage to the back. Reattach motorground wire.

After the motor has been replaced, itwill not be necessary to check or makea drive belt adjustment as the correcttension is automatically applied by thetwo motor tension springs. It will,however, be necessary to check thepump belt for proper adjustment.

To remove motor from motor carriage:

1. Remove pulley.

2. Disengage and remove the tensionsprings.

3. Remove carriage mounting nuts (toremove two of the nuts, align upperand lower sections and insertwrench through the slots in thelower section).

With motor removed, carriage andglides are accessible for service. Cleanthe motor base of any dirt or lint. Lubri­cate the track and glides with poly lubegrease.

To replace motor:

1. Assemble carriage sections.

2. Mount motor to carriage.

3. Install pulley on motor shaft (posi­tion so the end of motor shaft isabout 1/32" less than flush withbottom of pulley).

4. Insert assembly through base, inserttabs in slots.

5. Replace the two rear screws thatsecure lower section to base.

6. Replace both belts.

7. Replace the frontscrew that secureslower section to base.

8. Attach wire harness and groundwire.

9. Replace motor shield.

After the motor has been replaced, itwill not be necessary to check or makea drive belt adjustment as the correcttension is automatically applied by thetwo motor tension springs. However, itwill be necessary to check the pumpbelt for proper adjustment.

The motor base consists of an upperand lower section. The lower section ismounted to the base and remains sta­tionary.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-54©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 123: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

The upper section is used to mount themotor. The upper section has foursquare glides which engage in a trackon each side of the lower section. Twotension springs are attached betweenthe two sections.

During agitation the pulley turns in aclockwise direction as viewed from thetop of the motor. The motor is pulledtowards the front of the washer causingthe motor pulley to tighten against thedrive belt.

During the spin, the motor turns in acounterclockwise direction. The initialsurge caused by the reverse torque ofthe motor pulls the motor along thetrack to the rear. The drive belt slips inthe motor pulley so the motor does notabsorb the full starting impact andweight of the full tub.

As the inertia of the tub is overcome,the motor is pulled forward by thetension springs allowing the drive belt

to settle into the motor pulley and grad­ually build up spin speed. The drivebelt tension during spin is automaticallyprovided by the two motor tensionsprings. The drive belt serves as aclutch.

Motor Ground Wire

A r green ground wi re is attached tothe right-hand front of the motor car­riage to the washer base. This groundwire provides additional protection tothe service technician. To maintain allgrounding provisions provided with theappliance, the ground wire must bereinstalled any time removal of the wireis required.

Motor Shield

All washers use a polypropylene motorshield. The polypropylene shield ismolded in the form of a circular coverand is secured to the cabinet with onescrew.

The purpose of the shield is to keepwater off of the motor in the event of aleak. If a motor is removed, the shieldshould always be put back in place.

MOTOR FAILURES

CAUTION...

If the washer won't agitate or spi n,check motor with a motor test cord.See... Motor Test Cord, in Section 1 ofthis manual for procedure. This cordenables you to check the motor (withoutremoving it) independent of other com­ponents.

16001145 SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-55©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 124: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Motor Tension Springs

~ote: Replacing the tensions springsInvolves working around an electricalcomponent - the motor. If replacing thetension springs, always unplug thewasher from the power source to avoidany chance of electrical shock.

The motor tension springs may beremoved and replaced withoutremoving the motor base from the baseframe. This may be done by usingneedle nose pliers and disengaging thespring hooks from the tabs and lowersection. Both springs are on the leftside of the motor shaft.

*'

16001145©

SECTION 3. WASHER - SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·56c 1994 Maytag Corporation .

Page 125: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SERVICE PROCEDURES (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE

The following procedures outline those procedures which are unique to the new 1997Maytag Automatic washer line. Otherwise, the service procedures are the same asthose outlined in the automatic washer service manual, part no. 16001145.

CAUTION ------------,

There can be risk of injury or electricalshock while performing services or re­pairs. Injury or electrical shock can beserious or even fatal.

CONSOLE REMOVAL:

1. Remove the three screws securing theconsole rear cover plate across therear top edge of the console.

T·20 ~Torx™ /\ .

Console :-r-­MountingScrews

?- Console Rear Attachment

Screw (1/4 Hex)

--------- .2. Tip the console rear cover plate back.

Use an extension on the nut driver toaccess the two 1/4" hex screws lo­cated inside the console along thelower edge of the endcaps. Removethe two screws.

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 3. SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·57

Page 126: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

The console is secured to the top coverby seven locking feet which engagethrough slots in the top cover.

3. Locate a small slot in the front of theconsole underneath the endcap.

4. Place a small flat blade screwdriverhorizontally into the slot. Carefullyapply an inward pressure with thescrewdriver to disengage a retainingtab located underneath the endcap ofthe console.

5. While carefully applying inward pres­sure through the slot, grasp theendcap and slide the end of theconsole forward 3/8". This will disen­gage the hook feet under the consolewhich engage through slots in the topcover. Repeat this procedure to theother end of the console.

6. After laying a dropcloth across the topcover of the washer, carefully lift androll the console forward onto the topcover. You now have access to theconsole components and wiring.

7. To Reinstall: Roll the console backinto an upright position, engaging thelocking feet into the slots in the topcover. Slide the console rearward tillyou hear a "click". This ensures thelocking tabs have engaged. Replacethe two screws to attach console totop cover. Replace the three screwsto attach console back to console.

SWITCH REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT:

Switches are retained in the console bymeans of locking tabs on the switch bod­ies which engage with retaining featureson the console. Switches may bemounted either horizontally or vertically inthe console. Please note orientation of theswitches prior to removal and replace­ment. Removal of rotating knobs will benecessary prior to switch removal. Knobsare removed by pulling the knob from the

Ground TimerWire

16001145·01 SECTION 3. SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-58© 1997 Maytag Corporation

Page 127: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

Timer Removal

KnobCap

~()

TimerDial~_

Tim.. ~Knob~ ~

~~----11me,~ Dial

~ Spring

"""'- Clip Retainer

1. Remove timer knob, by removing thecap on the face of the knob.

2. Slide the retainer "c" clip off the timershaft. Carefully lift the knob and timerdial from the timer shaft while secur­ing the spring between them.Align the Center Rib

11' on the bottom of the~ Switch with the Slot in

the Cup on the Bottomof the Switch Openin~".fl'I:..."""-'~~on the Console

2 Pivoting the. Switch Body, Lock

it in at the Top ofthe Openingon the Console.

1. To remove - Depress the tab at the topof the switch with a screwdriver todisengage the tab from the console,then pivot the switch away from theconsole to remove.

Vertical Switches (Push Button)

shaft of the switch. Buttons are not re­moved prior to switch removal.

2. To replace - Align the rib on the bot­tom of the switch with the slot in theconsole, then pivot the switch up intothe console till the tab engages theconsole securely. Check to be sure thelocating tabs on either side of theswitch's lower alignment rib are inposition to properly center and lockthe switch into the lower part of theconsole switch opening.

Horizontal Switches (Rotary)

1. To remove· Depress the locking tabon the switch to disengage the switchfrom the locking tab on the console.Pivot the switch from the console.

3. Remove the two timer mountingscrews now exposed on the face ofthe control console.

REGULAR

2. To replace· Position one side into theconsole and pivot the other tab intothe console and apply enough pres­sure to engage the tab into the con­sole.

EASY CARE IPERMANENT PRESS

TimerMountin

-......;::;=--:.....,..<,,<+-- Screws

--16001145-01 SECTION 3. SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·59© 1997 Maytag Corporation

Page 128: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

INSTALLATION (1997) DEPENDABLE CARE

The following installation procedures outline those procedures which are unique to thenew 1997 Maytag Automatic washer line. Otherwise, the installation procedures arethe same as those outlined on pages 1-3 thru 1-13, in the automatic washer servicemanual, part no. 16001145.

Drain Facility

When installing the drain hose, the hosemust be elevated, This can be done byplacing the drain hose in a standpipe noless than 36" high. The inside diameter ofthe standpipe should be no less than1-112". Always avoid a tight fit betweenthe drain hose and standpipe to preventthe chance of siphoning water from thewasher. The loop in the drain hose mustalways be above the maximum waterlevel in the washer.

If a 36" standpipe is not available, placethe drain hose into the clip on the back ofthe washer cabinet. Then add a drainhose extension from the gooseneck tothe standpipe. For floor drain installa­tions, a 201112 siphon break (accessory)should be installed. To install the siphonbreak:

1. Hold the siphon break in place and cutthe drain hose. Assemble the drainhose to the siphon break with clampas shown. The closed end of thesiphon break should point up.

2. Mount the siphon break and drainhose going to drain facility as shownsecuring hose clamp screw throughthe hole provided at the upper leftrear panel of the cabinet.

Note· when the drain hose is placed intothe standpipe there must not be a lot ofexcessive hose left over which is allowedto loop around on the floor. This condi­tion can cause a kinked drain hose result­ing in slow draining. REMOVE EXCESSDRAIN HOSE.

Hose Clamp Screw-Secures

Siphon B~ak T~,in:t~

S;phon---.. @Hose-Siphon B,eakBreak Drain Facility

A__ Hose-Pump toI I Siphon Break

16001145·01

.•Co j'0/

Drain Hose .Retaining Clip Slpho!" Break

Mountmg Hole

oo 0

SECTION 3. SERVICE PROCEDURES

o 0

3·60© 1997 Maytag Corporation

Page 129: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

If it is necessary to extend. the drain hosefrom the siphon break to the drain facility,attach the extension hose section to thesiphon break. Use 216015 coupler toconnect extension and drain hoses. Donot extend the IIgooseneckll end.

If the drain hose is to be shortened, cuthose behind the gooseneck. Remove asmuch as necessary. Use 216015 acces­sory coupler to splice gooseneck to hose.Do not cut IIgooseneck" end off.

When used properly, hose clamps are notrequired. With the excess section of thehose removed, join the two ends usingthe coupler. Be sure each section of hoseis securely pushed over the end of thecoupler and the hoses joined at approxi­mately the middle of the coupler.

Drain Hose

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 3. SERVICE PROCEDURES 3·61

Page 130: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

16001145-01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 3. SERVICE PROCEDURES 3-62

Page 131: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

ELECTRICAL FAILURES - MICROPROCESSOR MODELS

I SOLUTIONI TEST PROCEDUREI CAUSES

Control will not func- No power to trans- Check transformer Reset breaker,tion and no pad will former. input for 120 VAC. replace fuse, plug inrespond. machine.

Transformer Check transformer for Replace transformer.10 and 26 VACoutputs.

Wire Harness Check for 10 and 26 Replace wiring.VAC at the controlboard.

Touch Pad Plug electric ribbon of Replace membranea new touch pad switch.assembly into ribbonconnector.

Control Board If all above checks Replace controlpass... board.

Control will not stay Control Board Replace control Replace controlon unless a program board. board.pad is held down.

An LED or display Control Board If any L.E.D. or Replace controlsegment won't light. segment won't light... board.

I SYMPTOM

16001145 SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-1©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 132: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION ---~------------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

I SYMPTOM I CAUSES I TEST PROCEDURE I SOLUTION

Relay, water valve, or Transformer Check transformer for Replace transformer.Iid switch wi II not 26 VAC output.function.

Wi re Harness Check for 26 VAC on Replace wiring.the control board.

Control Board Check fault codes if Replace controldisplayed. board.

Check for 24 VDC atWi re Harness the board and the Replace wiring.

relays.

Turn on machine andAll relays have failed check each relay for Replace relays.open. contact closure.

Check relay coils forcontinuity.

Motor runs contin- Run Relay Engaged Check for constant Replace relay oruously 24V to relay coil control board

(control boardproblem) check forstuck relay contact(relay problem)

Washer will only Reversing Relay Check for 24V to coi I Replace reversingagitate on spin. Check coil relay.

continuity.

Washer will only spin Reversing Relay Check for constant Replace relay or24V to relay coil control board.(control problem).Check for relayproblem.

16001145 SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-2©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 133: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

SYMPTOM CAUSES TEST PROCEDURE SOLUTION

Washer will not spin No power to washer Check 120 VAC input Plug in washer.or agitate to the washer Reset breaker or

replace fuse.

Lid Open "1E" will persist in .Shut lidwasher display if lidisn't shut

Lid Switch Check for continuity Replace lid switchacross lid switch withthe lid shut

Motor Check for continuity Replacefrom control board wiring/Replace motoroutput to motor runrelay and from relaycontacts to the motor

Control Board Perform motor check Replace control board

Motor Run Relay Put washer into spin Replace motor runand check for relay relaycontact closure

Washer spins instead Reversing (Spin) With power off check Replace reversingof agitates Relay relay for welded con- relay

tacts

Control Board Replace control board

Washer agitates in Washer agitates in Check for 24V across Replace wiring, relayspin cycle spin cycle relay coil - (control coil, or control board

board problem)Reversing (Spin) Put washer into spin Replace relayRelay and check for contact

closure

Control Board Check for continuity Replace control boardfrom spin relay teicontrol board outputand from spin relaycontacts to the motorterminals.

Wire harness Replace wiring

16001145©1.994 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-3

Page 134: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

I SYMPTOM I CAUSES I TEST PROCEDURE I SOLUTION

Washer will not fill. • No water to • Check faucets • Turn on faucetsmachine. • Check for continuity • Replace pressure

• Overflow Switch across switch 4 to ~ switch if open

• Water Valve • Check for continuity • Replace valve

• Water Level Switchacross valve • Replace pressuresolenoids. This is switch if necessary

• Wire Harness 24V valve, do not

• Control Board use motor test cord • Replace wiring

to check! • Replace board

• Check continuity ofpressure switch.(See schematic)

• Check for continuityfrom board output tovalve coil

Washer fills until the • Water Level Switch • Check continuity of • Replace pressureoverflow switch disen-

• Wire harnesspressure switch switch

gages, level too high (See schematic)• Replace wiring• Control Board

• Check for continuity • Replace controlfrom the water level boardswitch outputs totheir board inputs

Washer overflows Water Valve Turn control off. If the Replace valvewasher continues tofill, replace valve.See above.

Water levels are not • Water level sensors • Check continuity of • Replace pressureright, washer agitates

• Control boardpressure switch switch

• Wire harness• Check for continuity • Replace control

from the water level board• Wires switched switch outputs to

• Switch or replacetheir board inputs. wiring

16001145 SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-4©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 135: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION -------------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

Microprocessor Board Fault Codes

• F1 in display indicates Board Failure (lid circuit). Inoperable. Replace micro-processor board.

• F2 in display indicates Water valve thermistor sense failure (too low). Operative.

• F2 in display indicates Water valve thermistor sense failure (too high). Operative.

• F4 in display indicates Board Failure (level circuit). Inoperable. Replace micro­processor board.

• F9 in display indicates low voltage. Operative.

Fault codes F1 & F4 will be displayed when the failures occur, while F2, F3, and F9, ifpresent, can only be viewed after a key sequence of OFF and while holding OFFactuate SLOW SPIN for 2 seconds. After the entire display turns on then off, the codewill be displayed. To re-test the water valve failure, water must.be run in themachine. If F2 or F3 occur, the machine will default to both water valves on during theWarm temp, 50% more hot water for Energy Hot and 50% more cold water if EnergyWarm.

To implement the lid switch test for welding, the lid must be opened between pro­grams. If this does not occur, "Iid" will appear in the display when the next programis selected. This must be cleared by lifting the lid before a program can be selected.If opening the lid does not clear the "Iid" from the display the assumption is that thelid switch is welded. The test does not occur if the cycle is ended by the pressing ofthe OFF-KEY, only if the cycle ends naturally.

DISPLAY DIAGNOSTIC:

The display can be viewed with all segments on for 4 seconds after a key sequence ofOFF and while holding OFF actuate Pause for 2 seconds to activate.

16001145©1994 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-5

Page 136: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

ELECTRICAL - MECHANICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION ----------------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

Washer Will Not Fill (Timer Model).

Check to make sure water faucets areturned on.

• Is washer plugged into power supply?

• Pull out timer knob.

• Push water temperature selectorbutton.

• Check for blown fuse or trippedbreaker.

• Check fuse on lid switch assembly. Iffailed, check lid switch for properoperation.

• Check timer line switch for continuity.

• Check water level switch for conti­nuity between terminals 7 and 15. Noconti nuity, replace switch.

• Check timer.

Washer Will Not Fill For A SpecificWater Temperature Selection

Select temperature control to determinewhich water temperature is not avail­able (hot or cold).

• Check to make sure water faucet isturned on.

• Check for continuity on water valvesolenoid(s).

16001145

Will Not Agitate, Burns Belt

Burned pump belt:

• Remove pump belt and turn pumppulley by hand.

• If pump pulley will not turn, check foran object stuck in pump.

• If no object is found, pump is seized,replace pump.

Burned drive belt:

• Check pump belt adjustment bypulling motor forward so drive belt istight. Grasp the pump belt in themiddle and with the belt tight thereshould be 1/4" between the inside sur­faces of the pump belt.

• If not, adjust by moving the pump.

• Check for binding motor carriage.

• If binding, clean upper and lowertracks. Replace glides, springs andlubricate.

• Remove drive belt and turn largedrive pulley by hand counterclockwise(looking at it from the bottom).

·If pulley will not turn, the transmissionis locked and will need to be serviced.

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-6©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 137: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION ----~---------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

Will Not Agitate - Motor Is Running

• Check to make sure drive belt is on.

• Check to make sure motor pulleyturns freely or has not fallen off.

• Remove drive belt. Turn drive pulleyby hand counterclockwise (looking atit from the bottom).

• If it rotates freelx, but still will notallow agitator to oscillate, the trans­mission will need to be serviced.

Will Not Agitate On Delicate Cycle,Fabric-Matic Models

• Delicate cycle consists of briefperiods of agitation and soaks. Referto schematic.

Washer Overflows

• Unplug washer.

• If washer continues to fill, repl.acewater valve.

• Should washer stop filling, proceedon.

• Blow into the water level switchorifice until a clicking noise is heard.

• Retain air pressure and check conti­nuity on switch terminals between 7and 16.

• No continuity, replace water levelswitch.

• Examine air dome hose for leaks.

• Check for obstruction blocking the airdome orifice in the outer tub. Removeobject.

16001145

No Cool - Down Fill

• Will washer fill with cold water forwash?

• If washer will not fill with cold waterfor wash, refer to "Washer Will NotFi II".

• Check timer for continuity as shownon schematic.

Hot and Cold Water TemperaturesReversed

• Check for reversed water inlet hoses.

• Check for incorrect wiring of watertemperature switch, timer and watervalve.

Slow Fill

• Make sure water faucets are com­pletely turned on.

• Check for restricted screen in watervalve or inlet hose.

Washer Will Not Fill For RinseCycle

• Check to see if washer will fill withwarm and cold water for wash setting.

• If washer will not fill for wash refer to"Washer Will Not Fill".

• Check timer for continuity as shownon schematic.

• Check water temperature switch forcontinuity between terminals shownon schematic.

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-7©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 138: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION ---------------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

...

Fills With Water But Will NotAgitate

• Check water level switch for conti­nuity between terminals 7 and 16. Nocontinuity, replace switch.

• Check timer as shown on schematic.

• Attach motor test cord to drive motor(refer to Electrical Test Equipmentsection). If motor will not operate withtest cord, replace motor.

• Check speed switch on 2 speedmodels.

Agitates Continuously - Timer WillNot Advance

• Check timer motor. If timer motor isnot operating, replace.

• Timer motor runs but timer will notadvance. Replace timer.

16001145

Will Not Spin

• Will washer fill with water? No.Check to see if washer is plugged intopower supply.

• Check timer line switch.

• Will washer agitate after fill? No.Check lid switch.

• Check water level switch for conti­nuity between 7 and 16.

• Check timer, refer to schematic.

• Check speed switch on 2 speedmodels.

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-8©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 139: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

QUICK REFERENCE TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION --------------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

WILL NOT FILL

1. Check: Voltage at outlet

2. Check: Voltage at mixing valve

No Voltage:

1. Check voltage at water level switch

a. No Voltage

• Timer contacts

• Power Cord

b. Voltage OK

• Timer contacts

• Water selector switch

Voltage OK:

1. Faucets open

2. Hose screens clogged

3. Hoses kinked

FILLS, WILL NOT AGITATE

Motor Runs:

1. Check for broken belt

2. Check to see if mount slides freely

3. Check for transmission problem

Motor Will Not Run:

1. Check if pump is jammed

2. Check Timer

3. Check Motor Starting Switch

• Check motor with test cord

4. Check water level switch

5. Check speed selector switch

BASKET REVOLVES DURING AGITATION

Check:

1. Brake stuck

2. Drive pulley adjustment

3. Drive lug adjustment

4. Motor/Timer wired correctly

16001145©1994 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-9

Page 140: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION ----------------------,------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

TIMER NOT ADVANCING

1. Check voltage at timer motor

No Voltage: Voltage OK:

1. Check Agitation Cycle 1. Timer motor

• Timer contacts 2. Timer

• Water level switch

2. Spin Cycle

• Timer Contacts

WILL NOT SPIN

Motor Runs: Motor Will Not Run:

1. Check for belt broken or slipping 1. Door Switch

2. Clothing stuck between tubs 2. Water Level switch

3. Spin Bearing 3. Speed selector switch

4. Binding tub bearing 4. Timer contacts

5. Binding tub cover 5. Pump jammed

6. Brake assembly not disengaging 6. Motor Protector switch

7. Power supply

• Check motor with test cord

NOISY AND/OR VIBRATION

1. Check for proper installation

a. Pump Bearings

b. Motor Bearings

c. Lower Bearing

d. Suspension Springs

In Agitation:

1. Agitator loose

2. Check for pu mp belt loose

3. Transmission

16001145

In Spin:

1. Spin Bearing

2. Tub Seal

3. Inner Tub loose

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-10©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 141: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

CAUTION -------------------------,

Always disconnect power supply before making any continuity checks or resist­ance readings. Always use caution when doing voltage tests.

WILL NOT PUMP OUT

1. Check for motor running in spin direction

a. Drain hose height OK?

b. Drain hose restricted?

c. Pump turning freely?

d. Pump impeller broken?

CLOTHES WET AFTER SPIN CYCLE

1. Check with weight

Spin OK: Slow Spin:

1. Pump not operating 1. Belt Slipping

2. Drain hose restricted 2. Tub Seal Binding

3. Drain plumbing restricted 3. Spin Bearing Bad

4. Unbalanced clothes load 4. Brake Assembly binding

WATER LEAK

1. Pump

2. Drain Hoses

3. Water Mixing Valve

4. Tub Top Gasket

5. Inlet hoses

6. Siphon Break

7. Tub Seal

8. Bleach hose

9. Water inlet flume

16001145©1994 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4-11

Page 142: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

ELECTRICAL-MECHANICAL TROUBLESHOOTING(1997) DEPENDABLE CARE

(For more detailed checks of these and other conditions refer to service manual partno. 16001145, Section 2.)

General Information

The malfunction of an electrical circuit cannot easily be diagnosed unless you firstunderstand how it functions when operating normally.

Components

There are two basic categories for electrical components, switches and loads.

A switch controls the current path to a load component. Door switches, water levelswitches and relays are examples of switching components.

An electrical load uses electricity to perform some function. Motors convert electricityto magnetic fields and then to mechanical motion. Solenoids use magnetic fields topush or pull. Lamps convert electricity to light.

The schematic wiring diagram is followed much like a road map. The lines representthe wiring connections between components. Connections in the wiring are indicatedby a small dot. If the lines cross but no dot is present at the intersection, there is noconnection. As much as possible, switches are shown in their normal position electri­cally without actuation.

16001145·01© 1997 Maytag Corporation

SECTION 4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4·12

Page 143: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS

LAT9904 FUNCTION CONTACTS REGULAR GENTLEAGITATE AGITATE

REVERSING RD TO BKRELAYENERGIZED BR TO WHREVERS ING RD TO WHRELAYNONENERGI ZED BR TO BKFAST RELAY BK TO BUENERGIZEDSLOW RELAY OR TO BUENERGIZED

FUNCTION CONTACTS EMPTY

II TO 13 or 14

WATER LEVELS 21 TO 23 or 24SEE FOOTNOTE I

31 TO 32

I. FOR INTERMEDIATE WATER LEVELS (2) AND (4). COMPUTER AUTOMATICALLYCONTROLS FILL LEVEL BASED ON LOW (I) AND MED (3),

...............,,,

\\\\III

/ BR

DRIVEMO TOR rW~H~~ ~

RD

LIDSWITCH

BK r-.~ WH ·1

OVERLOAD _Ll r----.jOPEN PROTECTO~/-

=----------------<:i-L...._..._-_11_~_'Q"'~~'"'O"'S-"'ED"-----Y'-'L'-<>'7-/ ~\fJ'(.yr<\'--I

THERMISTORWAT':.R_~ALVE ~..J S~ ~~

/ '\ en;:'O: en.•\ ....::.X.../ I C~~TOR 'X

... /",/ BKC~~T ' ..... --

0:::W::2"0:::a'-'­en:z:<I:0:::f-

RD

RELAYS

INSULATEDDTERMI NAL

WHGY

o3 2

CONNECTOR AA6

~'--------,l pu I

? S

GN

---:::LCAB INET-=­FRAME

N

598VA-0393 2164150PU GY

REVERSING

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION S. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-1

Page 144: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

..LAT9824

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55NO.

® sw TO LI LINE SWITCH

CD a TO 3 WASH FILLa TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

2 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN IIUlii21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

® 51'11 TO 58 DEEP RINSE FILLSWlT07T WASH FILL

@ 22TCl 9 REV RSING AGiTATE 111II22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

® WI TO WR WASH / RINSE LIGHT

6 16 TO 7N LOW OR SELECTED SPEED BYPASS\6 TO 32 AssuRED HIGH SPEED - MOTOR ,-

7SWl TO SW EXTRA RINSE -

® TM TO 16 BYPASS - TIMER ONLY35 TO 16 SEL CTEO SPEED SPIN

9SW TO SP SPIN LIGHT 111I 111IIISW TO SO SOAK LIGHT

1O::~6~BYPASS - TIMER ONLYSELECTED SPEED AGI TATE

@~~~~~REGULAR SPEED ByPASS -ASSURED LOW SPEED - MOTOR

@12T05B SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY

oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT ~~,FOR SHORT PAUSE

FUNCTION "IIiI CAM CLOSED

~ CAM MAY ElE OPEN~ ~ ~ ~ ~ oj ~~: ~DR CLOSED C

8 CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSClOSED FOR 15 THEN OPENFOR 30 SECONDS

CyCLE PERMANENT PRESS FINE WASH PRE·SOAK REGULAR FAB RICS ~~~~tm~j8~O~J~,:~~~,~~~7NGSEQUENCE

BLACK

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

SPINLIGHT

Ll

RO

~-- PULL

LI , SW

, __ • PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

LID OPENLID SWITCH i;----j sw

" , -+-1>"-------'

CABINETFRAME

TIMERMOTOR

,'",- ..... ,~

\\..... .,./ WATERVALVE

WATER

ENERGYSAVER

SWITCH

571VA-0393 2163360

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-2

Page 145: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9804

BLACK

WHITE

WIRE INSERT10N SIDE

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

~~~ CIRCUIT FUNCTION I 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

®SW TO 1I LINE SWITCH AND ON LIGHT

CD 56 TO 3 WASH FILLB TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

® 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN

~m m21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE -11IIII IIIIl!

0 sw\ TO 58 DEEP RINSE FILLSWi TO 7T WASH FILL

@ 22 TO 9 REVERS1NG AGITATE22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

®W1TOWR WASH I RINSE LIGHT (NOT USED)

®::~~i~LOW DR SELECTED SPEED BYPASS ffiI I II --ASSURED HIGH SPEED - MOTOR

CD SWI TO SW EXTRA RINSE

® TM TO 16 BYPASS - TIMER ONLY

~ ~3A TO 16 SELECTED SPEED SPIN

® SW TO SP SPIN LIGHT (NOT USED)SW TO SO SOAK LIGHT _1IIl!I

(@) 16 TO 1M BYPASS - TIMER ONLY16 TO 3A SELECTED SPEED AGITATE

@ MT07N REGULAR SPEED BYPASS n12 TMT031 ASSURED lOW SPEED - MOIOR

@12TO 58 SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY

oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT ~ ~.

FOR SHORT PAUSEFUNCTION • - • ~~~ CAM CLOSED . . .

~ g~ ~ -- ;j ~ -- h1 ~(81 CAM MAY BE OPEN ~ - 0OR CLOSED . " "" "BCAM OPEN FOR 4~ SECONDSCLOSED FOR 15 THEN OPENFOR 30 SECONDS

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS FINE WASH PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICS EXTRA

OJ ~:~185°~U1PI:GO~JI~g~JNG RINSESEOUENCE

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

SU

ENERGYSAVER

SWITCH

RO

WATERVALVE

"o

EXTRA RINSESWITCH

OVERLOADX:ROTECTOR

\ WH

r---=---¢"

LID OPEN30

31OR

LID OPENLID SWITCH i.----1sw

12 ~_._.-....-l:>"-----RD LID CLOSED

12 1-----~lID CLOSED

CHECK SWITCH c..... 'M

YL

®..PULL

L1 SK U ( SW

\.. .. •PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

311-- -II

OR 1GENTlE

l.::O~_YL

"---I: SPEED

F~~; iSWITCH3"A----

\, ) FUSE

2163350

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION S. ELECTRICAL CI RCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-3

Page 146: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9734

YL

-,I WATER: VALVE

_J

WH

BR

( )FUSE

WH

BU OR

BUYL

1-----1

WATER :H~TEMP 1 w-c

SWITCH ic-c L-__-I1 -----

BK

BK

SW® --INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

B

\ 9 CAP\ EXPORT 9 WH

C~~T • I MODELS

feR '~"'2'-..;/""2"'"'--+l"...~ \f:.)

/DRIVE/ MOTOR

22

32 BK L:R::O -f~,.....t

GY

WH

1M

BU 50

I~ J

RD LID CLOSED

r!p-o~~~-:':'';''E.D__---'.W~H --'=====:;--IL-_:.:12..q-....~

~7N

® RD

o ""-';';"1PU::L<L~BKT~1----;::========::;;L:===~ISWBK LI - 5W

~, .''"-----,,,,"PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

RO

LID OPENLID SWITCH :;----: sw

12 I

7N

N

L1

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT! FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60NO.

® LI TO SW LINE SWITCH a ON LIGHT ,-CD 58 TO 3 WASH FILL 1-I!lru 1IlIl!!IlI§

B TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL IXIi!§

CD 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPINm.

I!lru

~IIIlI IIIIIlIlI IImI!lru

2[ TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE ~ !II!II II!li

® w TO 58 DEEP RINSE FILL m II!liWTO 7T WASH FILL -- IIIIIl!! !\!II! - II!lru 1--0 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE 1m l1~ -11m I!Il!

22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN I m mil IIII! I§llI IIIIlI IIIIlIIIIlI _I!lru

® 16 TO 1M MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER 114\1IIIII !\!II! !\!II!!\!II!16 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED 111I'>I I mil

® SW TO so SOAK LIGHT IIImI

@ 16 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER - I!lru II!lru16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED IIl!!!I ftIIJ -@ 7N TO TM SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS ml!ml!l!l I!lru 11m 11m

® 58 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL 1eli eli 1'1

oCAM OPEN r r r r Bi ~</> </> </> </> </>~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT <t . <t <t <t <t %

FOR SHORT PAUSE " " " " " '"~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION '" '" '" '" '" '"--' Z % --' Z --' Z --' ~ --' --' ;:--' - --'

~~~.,

--' --' ~~ CAM MAY BE OPEN ..J~ ~ ~ 0OR CLOSED 0: </> </> 0: on 0: • ~ 0: 0: </>

~ CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSINfIMITE REGULAR FABR IcsCLOSED FOR 15 THEN OPEN

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES QUICK C'\:CLEF'OR 30 SECONDS SOAK

12

14

// -GN

/

----=:L //

I/

RD 111

ON 11

LIGHT \\

\ , CENTTIMER SW

" "MOTOR OR

BLACK

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

586VA-1093 2163510

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-4

Page 147: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9714, LAT9704

r-----..""::::-------«~ --INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

BU

BU

YL

1-----I

WATER: H!cTEMP I w-c

SWITCH lc-c L--__-jt _

SB

12

RDRD

LID OPENLID SWITCH f;----:sw BK

~_.:.:12OQ-~" ;

RD LID CLOSED

~-',--o,~9-=- - - __~ -4SW

=+=+--""---"'-<:1,4--- • ' E9'~USH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60NO.

@) UTa SW LINE SWITCH a ON LIGHT

CD SB TO 3 WASH FILL - 1- 1II1II-B TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL xm!

® 21T09 REVERSING SPIN III! IilIIIIII

~li!llI !1 I Ill! 11lI!IlI!~ -2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE -- 1111 IIlII - 1I11III

3\~W TO SB DEEP RINSE FILL III! IIll!/sw TO 7 WASH FILL I- I-IIlII -022 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE - 1111 mIIlII

~- IIlI!IlI!I1II1II

4/122 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN 11I!1IlII1IIIII li!llI IIll! -0,6 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED 1l1li>1

0" TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT. --®SW TO SO SOAK LIGHT (NOT USED) ,-m

@I6TOTM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED ,-~I -@7NTOTM SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS 11II1IlII1IIII IIIlII- 111m,- -

@SB TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL I~ I~ I~ 11*1

oCAM OPEN'" '" '" '"

w~

~~ ~ ~ z

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT ~ '" '"FOR SHORT PAUSE 3' 3' 3' ir

mCAM CLOSED FUNCTION '" '" '" '" '"~ z z ::: z ~ z

~~ ~ z

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN~ e; ~ e; ~ e; ~ ~ e;

OR· CLOSED ;;: ~ ;;: ;;: ;;: ;;:

8 ~~s~~o~o~ ~tNE~~~CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES QUICK CYCLE PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICSFOR 30 S[COIlOS

WHITE

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SlOE

YL

TM

31

GN

CABINETFRAME

TIMERMOTOR

III\

'-ONLIGHT

YL

N

M OVERLOAD//,........ X,PROTECTOR

" ~_L-_----c\<>-,W",H,-- .....,, \ 9

I CENT • ~I SW I

" feR\ I 21

\ ..... /DRIVE- 22 MOTOR

32 BK t.:R::D -1...::;;,......

L -'B"'K~32

DR

OR

BU

I IWATERIe >- I

I~

~1 VALVE18 I

WH l_ _1

WHWH

,, ') FUSE\, ,

BR

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH

584VA-1093 2163490Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-5

Page 148: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

• n

10

CD.n

enU

0i=<l:

C\I :::iiUJ

CO J:U

V en.....

(0 ~~ 5C\I u

ct:U-l

<3~t-UUJ-lUJ

<ri<Ii zC:u O·Q

'50 ~1VL. u ...ill UJ8.

'" enaOJ Uc:

Cl.."a. ~E <lI2 :::iiro 8'iill... ~

J2 @)ill.0-'c:;:,

er)=0) 'j

O)~0:.=

I a.

~~::>Eer)eO_~(0"

OJc:';:'j

.9 ~L.

.S! 0ill !lllr ~

-1 WATERj VALVE

(...?) FUSE

,'0,"l:

~} I " ..6 b'

AD

'APEXPORTMODELS

~~®

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

rt9

~

, """"DRIVE

-1;' MOTOR I~ftO :0: @

ON

-:::L-

CABINETFRAME

YC,,-

TIMER I ,MOTOR ,

,,-,,ON

LIGHT

"

N

f--!!!@---'J'"LC OK

L~.. .. "'---../PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH12

14

WHITE

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SlOE

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONOS PER INCREMFNT

~ICIRCOITI FUHCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

0 TO SW LIN SWITCH a ON LIGHT

I ':::: :::: ~";~E FilL

2 : rTg:2 :~:~:::: :::~ATE

3 W TO 5 OfEP RINSE FILLWTO 1 WASH FILL

4 22 TO 9 REV RSING AGITATETO 32 REV RSING SPIN

6 :: ~~ ~ :~O: ~I:~U~=:A::EEO

8 16 TO 1M SPIN a TIMER BYPASS16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED

10'116 TO DI' DRAIN PUIlF

"

14 59 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL

oc.wOPfIl'i ~

iI= ~%~~p~C:T i!i ; '"I CAM a.osm F'UNCTION z~ ~ ~z

~ ~ ~.~

~ ::l ~ g~~ CAllIilAY8E'JPEIl l:!:i~ "'Oft a..OS£OI!ICMClOBroIIISS«OlIlS

11IIII0PEJroII75S£C01DS CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES PRf-SO.u: REGULAR FABRICS

ofC

C)<C~cr-...0)

t­<C..J

-t-o:::oc.><w-

Page 149: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAW9704

-li1I!I

IIIfiI

---III! ,-

III! illllillll li1I!I - II!i-,- illl IIIiliI

~ I ~

or z or x

~ ~ ~ ~ zz , ~ 0'w

'" '" x '"~

z - -- z

~ :!:_::J z

'" ~t;; e; e; '" e; '" - ~

PERMANENT PRESS DELICATES QUICK CYCLE su~ REGULAR FABRICSRETURN

TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREME!!.I..--5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

::L.~/iI~_~====-"'-"------t'1-9"1'FI"I'~ !

12

TIMER INFORMATIONCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTIONNO.

@LlTOSW LINE SWITCH a ON LIGHT

Q) 58 TO 3 WASH FilLI 58 TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

® 2ITO' REVERS ING SP IN21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

@SWT05B DEEP RINSE FILLSW TO 7T WASH FilL

BLACK 0 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

® 16 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED

@16 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.

IS @ 16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED

13 ® DV TO 16 SUDS SAVEDV TO IS SUDS RETURN

@ 7N TO TM SPIN 8. TIMER MOTOR BYPASS

@SBTOI2 SUB-INTERVAL FilL

oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPTFOR SHOAT PAUSE

~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION

~ CAM MAY BE OPENOR CLOSED8 CAM OPEN FOR 4~ SECONOSCLOSEO FOR 1:\ THEN OPEN

CYCLEFOR'OSECOIlOS

I,"'H ITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

DV

_ 01 VERTER" VALVE

1I

-'

RD

BK

T B16 ® IS

YL

BR

2163570

WH WATER,- -, SAVER1 1 SWITCH1 1

DRAIN t~__ ]SAVE

OR

BR

( ) FUSE

-,:; : WATER~ _J VALVE

WH

BU

WH

EMPTYWATERLEVEL

SWITCH

OVERLOAD:><:ROTECTOR

\ WH

\ 9 CAP

C§~T • ) ~~~~~J 9 WH

-..,'d'2"'IR----<:j:~®../''DRIVE

'22 MOTOR~2 BK L..R_D -hiP-..

GY

WH

DR

™io-__<;>--o-=

o7N

7N

TIMERMOTOR

~ --INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

® -- PULL BK SWL1 BK LI ,'/' SW

lZ9\. ~USH BU

TIMER LINE SWITCH[g ® 5B

B

LID OPEN

LID SWI TCH :.----1 swBK 12

121 1~ _____ J 1

RD LID CLOSED WATER )H~RD TEMP 1w-c

RD SWITCH: c-c1

WH 1-----------

YL

ON

N

CABINETFRAME

592VA-0393Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-7

Page 150: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9634

YL

BU OR

r- -,10 >- I WATER1-'

~I VALVE18 I

L_ _J

WHWH

WH

I,

) FUSE\ , /

BR

9 WH

BU

YL

12

RD

BK

BK

IT9[[9 @ 5B

B

\ 9\

C~~T • !I R

DVERLOADX:ROTECTOR

\ WH

CAPEXPORTMODELS

'~fz\-.:.!-r--~\!:;)

/bRIVE, MOTOR

22

32 BK LR_D +--'c~.

I... J

GY

WH

/

/'I

III1II\\\

\

B 7N

, .'..'--....../PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

RD

TM

RD UD CLOSED

UD OPEN.... -----1

LID SWITCH:. ISW12 I

7N

TIMERMOTOR

t.!.LOf.~-l 30 WH

12 I M

CHECK SWI TCH '- ,LID CLOSED

YL

CABINETFRAME

GN

~

N

r- W"'H-'--:- ~~ --INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

®'-.J-"riu_L-<L>;;;;B".K~ -:- ""9swL-:.l=-j-m+--"B"-K_-,,,u-ot.-- sw

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICAM ICIRCUITI FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55NO.

@UTOSW LINE SWITCH B ON LIGHT ~

G)SBT03 WASH FILL I IXI)-I 58 TO JA WARM RINSE FILL IIXI!! IXI\\iM

@21T09 REVERSING SPIN Il!IIll 1!!!1'100(1 IIlt1I &$lXI &$l -2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE I D(lI§I§!-I III XllllIi!II IiJ IIIlt1I

@SWT058 DEEP RINSE FILL III III Il!IIllSW TO JT WASH FILL !IIIl1l!llllll!llll IIlItll1I! Il!IIll Il!IIll!IIIl Il!IIll!IIIl Il!IIll

022 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE oom_1iJ - III ~~•4 22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN !§Ill !IIm!JII Il!IIll IlIillXI

® 16 TO HI MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER - !IIIl!llllfil16 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED !IN !IIIlI

® sw TO SO SOAK LIGHT (NOT USEDI -@16TOTM MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER !IIIlI -!IIIlI!IIIlI16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED IiI!!I§I!I II.~!II!II

@JNTOTM SPIN B TIMER MOTOR BYPASS !IIIlI !IIIlIlI !IIIlI!IIIlI !IIIlI IlIIlIl

@5B TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL

oCAM OPEN~ ~ ~

0= W

'"~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT <! <! <! <! §;1>FOR SHORT PAUSE ;< ;< ;<

w;< 02

~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION ., ., ., >- ., .,u.. -.J Z Z u.. -.J

. Z u....J ~~ -.J ..J ;:~ CAM MAY BE OPEN u.. -.J a.. a.. u.. ..J -- a.. u....J ~o ..J _ ..J a..

OR CLOSED 0 ;;:'" '" 0 ;;: '" 0;;: ~~ ;;: ;;: '"!3 CAM OPEN fOR 45 SECONDS

ClOSED fOR 15 THO! OPENCYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES 1!fINITE REGULAR FABRICSfOR 30 SECONDS SOAX

4

T

BLACK

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

591VA-0393WATERLEVEL

SWITCH2163560

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-8

Page 151: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9614

T C B

6

4

o

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 60 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60ND_

® SW TO LI LINE SWITCHIIIII IIII I II II I I II IIIII IIIII III Trill III

021 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN IllMl M11f1

IE~ M1III!IIII

2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE Ifill ~I 1fiI~ III

022 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE M fjJIlJ

III.~4 22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN rxrr IllMl -I!!l'€ll! III IIII

® 16 TO 7N SPIN !l TIMER MOTOR BYPASS I." II I II II IIIII M1III!IIIIMOTOR REGULAR SPEED M1III!IIII16 TO 32

® 16 TO 7N SPIN !l TIMER MOTOR BYPASS IIII II R W M11f1 II IIIII~ II I mII_ ~16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED IN ~~

@~W TO 56 RINSE FILL 111 I1II lifill ~I II1II IIII II ~ I!Jj III III IIfiIIfiI IIII~W TO 7T WASH FILL

® 7A TO 56 WARM RINSE FILL IT IIIII 1100l IIII IIII1 III ~ ITTIIII III IIIII III II

@3 TO 56 WASH FILL ~

14 12 TO 56 SUB-INTERVAL FILL I~ ~ III ~ 1IIII II m ITT

oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPTFOR SHORT PAUSE

'" '" '" '" '" ~ '"'" '" '" "' '"~ CAM CLOSED "' ~ z z ~ Z<! <! <!FUNCTION ,.

'",.

~ "',.

'"~ CAM MAY BE OPEN '" "'~ '" , '" '" ~ '"OR CLOSEO -' ~ -Iz Z -' ,,-' z -' ~z ,,-' z

E8 ~~~N°tC~s~~RFg~'15s~~g~~gs ~ -' ~ -<L =ii: g; -' ~

~~ g; -' ~~ ~ ~ <Lc;: "' "-~c;: c;: ~~ "'

~ ~~~,g6°~uW,~R~,ffn~~TNGCYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES REGULAR FABRICSSEQUENCE

22RD

YL

WATERVALVE

,\

j

8R

OR

WH

®8 T

BK

T

12 58 3RD au YL

----INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

M

YL

L--_---"'8KO"'0 32

YL~

DR I VE /~~---- --',

MOTOR/ OVERLOAD '\/ PROTECTOR \ WH, ~~--L__--\{}-""- --,

I 1I CENT. I CAP\ sw 'EXPORT\ f- / MODELS 9 WH, / ONLY\, « //. SR ,...,~®

OR ..... .J....._ U) .... / ""'- 21 8

C~~T 8,( - RD

TM

L...- --+---QTM

L1

TIMERMOTOR

RD

RD LID CLOSED

TIMER LINE SWITCH

@r-- PULLBK I SW

1I '",- __ ·PUSH

LID OPEN BK

LI D SWITCH 12 r·----: SW.... J

CA81NETFRAME

GN

-----:l

,bUJ_Ol'E:~ 30 WH

12 I

CHECK SWITCH ~ J M YL

LID CLOSED

166- o-+ --;--'-'YL~_,

16

N 7N

31T

®WH

WATERLEVEL FULL

SWITCH/--', 16

GY 7 \ I 15

"--/EMPTY

579VA-0393 2163440

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-9

Page 152: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9604, LAT8434, LAT8404

TIME':R INFORMATION TIME CHART - 60 SECONDS PER INCREMENT I5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

oCAM OPEN

., CAM CLOSEO EXCEPTmI FOR SHORT PAUSE

~ CAM CLOSED

~ CAM MAY BE OPENI(lI OR CLOSEDQ CAM O?EN FOR 52.5 SECONDSl:l THEN CLOSED FOR 15 SECONDS

[] ~~~lg5o~uE~I~~~il~~~TNGSEQUENCE

FUNCTION

CYCLE

II 111

!!il ~ I IIII I II IIIIIIIII~ III

I~ _~ II~~IIII IIII IIII I II III

III IIII I I :r.!liI Im'4j

II III

III IIII III 1III III IIII 1D&Ji!!111 II1I II ~

IIII III II IIII,IWIIII IIII III 11*11 III I1II 1*111 1*111 II1I II1I 1111*

'"w '" w '"

w

'" '" '" '" '" '".. z .. z .. z

'" "' '" "' '" '"'" , '" '" , '" '" '"~

~'"~

z~

z

~~z

~~ "'~ '"~

~-0. ~ 0. ~ ~ -0: 0. ~ o.=! 0.

<;:~'"

<;: '" <;:~'" '" <;: ~ "'''- '"

PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES REGULAR FABRICS

YL

WATERVALVE

4"---------

BR

WATER TEMP SWITCH

T

®

WHWH

----INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

BK

RD

\ CAPC~~T. IEXPORT

/ MODELSI ONLY

~R '~T!z',.!.' 21~\5.)

B

.........." ,\

\\

MYL

'-- f-__---QTM

)=Ijl_Ol'f:~ 30 WH12 I

1 M

RD

TIMER LINE SWITCHWH [@

@r-- PULL

L-:.;l~t-a:>-I-''"'------:-L-:<'*:..-~ SW

~ __ ·PUSH

LID OPEN BK

LID SWITCH :.----112 I I

..... J SWRD LID CLOSED

CH ECK SWI TCH ~ J YL

LID CLOSEDYL

WH TM[@]

,-/'/'

DRIVE /

ON /

MOTOR/ OVERLOAD·YL LIGHT I PROTECTOR

II

GN I\

--=:L \\\

\ ,OR "'t~- __CABINET

FRAME - C~~T BK,- ~ ...I \I I\\ I...- /'

/

TIMERMOTOR

GY

WATERLEVEL FULL

SWITCH /--~, 167 I

7N

16<:>- --<>---t- ---'Y..=L__,

16

WH

YL

7NN

580VA-0393 2163450

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS i SCHEMATICS 5-10©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 153: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9334, LAT8214, LAT81 04, LAT8014, LAT7334, LAT2914

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUITNO. FUNCTION 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

® LI TO SW LINE SWITCH1I1I 1III 11I1II I mTmTI -rTllllll I II 1I11

ImlillI1II

111I1>11 1<111

WMI ~TIn TIn rTTT

I TI TIn 'II II rTTT

llillI.~IIIIII

I I I I I I I I l!I I ~ I I I I TTl I r111 l!I I I I I I I I I11m~ I~WMI I1!I'il

TIMER MOTOR BYPASS

~ 3 TO 5B WASH FILL~ 12 TO 5B SUB-INTERVAL FILL

® TM TO 16

4 rfc)\ TM TO 7N SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS~ SO TO 7N SOAK LIGHT (NOT USEDI

® 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN XI)(I I~ I Iml ~!xr mT f1lIlIlrnf1lllll~~2;J2~IITO~32tt:JR~E~V~ERtiSWIN~GjA~GflT~A;rTEC==j~.~.~IrIltI(MJ~ WMI ~~.~.m I I I !!lIIfTll

14 (;;\ 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE I!i l\~ WMI ~ iTTlIfjrTTTi-\2J",4"'--J02c=.2--,T,,-0-,,3=.t2 --'R""Eo.:.V"'ER"'S:c:IN"'Gc..:S"-P.!.!IN'-- ---fXl)(ll<LLJ..-t-l..LLJ..-F"-.....I1!I'il"RIDC"""''''xli''l-!-.LlJ-+-L.L''''"!lml..w<~=[Tlli TIIIII an~

12

mTrTTT10 ® 16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER

BT

@2SWT056RINSEFILLo SW TO 7T WASH FILL

lc,;:;::~=:iJ

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

~

J;;:

DELI CA TES

Cl; lI'J~- ~o... ..

0(1 Z III Z....l _ z_

0_ 0... _ii 0-ll., V) en U'J

PERMANENT PRESS

"­"­o

CYCLE

FUNCTION

_______+-_+-__l.L1---"--L.L+---I--l-----Ll---l..JL.LL.LL+--+-.L--+- ---' .L-l..L-L.L----.j

IN;~~:E REGULAR FABRICS

oCAM OPEN

[1 CAM CLOSED EXCEPT~ FOR SHORT PAUSE

~ CAM CLOSED

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN~ OR CLOSEDr:J CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSt::I CLOSED FOR 15 THEN OPEN

FOR 30 SECONDS

7TWH-----,

[[[

w-c Ic-c I

III

____ J

3

WATERVALVE

H-CW-C

" FUSEj

4----------

BR

SW

YL

@.... .lI.[[

[ .I c-cI[

I[1__ -

au OR

YL

BK

12 58 3RD au VL

WATERLEVEL FULL

SWI TCH /-', [6

7 /

22

YL

[6

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

® ®TM

BK

l--- ---"-R"-D.032

RD

WH

"\

II

/

I.... -----Jsw

RD LID CLOSED

7N

TIMER LINE SWITCH@i-- PULL

BK LI r SW,"- __ • PUSH

RD

TIMERMOTOR

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH f.---- j[2 I

GN

CABINETFRAME

LID OPEN1----.--i':>'3'-'O'---- ~=

12 I WH

CHECK SWITCH ~ J M

LID CLOSEDTM BK

§J

N

L1

577VA-1093 2163420Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS 5-11©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 154: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9314, LAT9304, LAT7314, LAT7304

T C B

14

12

10

6

4

o

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50NO.

@) SW TO 1I LINE SWITCHIIII IIII I

021 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN

~ ~~2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

TTl 11 I b~!l\11 !!JIll ~~n8) 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE4 22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN <1)(] mm~ IIlM I§.\!!l!

@I II I I IT 111 llTT ITT 111 IIII IIII 1III IIII16 16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER 1l1li ~~ IlI!ll

@TTM TO 16T NEUTRAL INTERRUPTERII I 11 TIT Till III II I

Q:~~}TM TO 7i- SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS mm IlMII!I mm §llll II!I! II!I!II I 11 TIT TIT TIT Tnl I II IIII IIII III T

®SW TO 58 RINSE FILL III l1li II!I!!I I12)lSw TO 7T WASH FILL !liI§I- ~ II III T

@T3 TO 5BI WASH FILL II Tn 11T~~I I1II II III T14 12 TO 58 SUB-INTERVAL FILL ~ * ~ i I

oCAM OPEN'"

~

'"w

~ ~ !I ~ '"'" ~ ~ '" ;:~iii CAM CLOSED EXCEPT «~ z 00 ~ «

'" ~ ~ ~ '" "'~FOR SHORT PAUSE~ w~

~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION '" '" "'~-' ;: ;: u.. ~ ~ u- -' z_~ ~_

zu- au- -' - g; 0- u- « 0- u- -' 0-

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN 0 4: 00'" o - 0.. (f) 0 4: '"OR CLOSED~ CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDS

CLOSED FOR 15 THEN CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES REGULAR FABRICSOPEN FOR 30 SECONDS

WATERVALVE

YL

BR

4----------

OR

111 •I c-c11111__ -

9 WH

12 56 3RD 6U YL

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSSBK

BK

RD

LID OPEN12 1----.-~lO'3"..'O'------------___,

1 ML- J

LID CLOSEDBK

,\J

//

® ®'-- --'-R"'D--¢ 32

[Q]]DR IVE /MOTOR//

/ OVERLOAD WH! PROTECTOR r-L-~~'---C""A'::'P-----'

! EXPORT: ~ C§~T • I Mg~E~s\ '" ~L.BU .~~Tf2\\ ~~~

\ / B

'" J,;'//

" -

TIMER LINE SWITCH

TM

L1

TIMERMOTOR

RD

RD

LID SWITCH..----'-'?c:.HJ'

CABINETFRAME

GN

------:::L

CHECK SWITCH

N 7N WH

TM

587VA-0393 2163520Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS 5-12©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 155: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

/~~

C')

"'".h

LID

(fl

U

~::!W:I:

~

~5~U...J

5~

~...JW

II'iZCQ2~11l

U5WQ.(fl"

8OJ

f~~

@

~§~

o(W)ex)~(0T"'""

C\I

<Iiu';;:...Q)l/l

.... : WATER Cl~j VALVE C

''=a.E2(:?" FUSE iii, ,Q)...

..QQ).0-'2:l

(W) .s'~

m 1::l

m ,~

0 a.a.I :l

~l/l

E111...

~ Cl111

0 '6(0 Cl

C.~

.~

.9...~

&

'"~-

CHECK SWITCH i 1M

TM [@J LID-CLOiit',SI<r~

r----eK""-- M

/" ......----- :, DR J VE

/ OVERLOAD ',MOTOR/ PROTECTOR \ WH

CABINET I' IrRAM . I ' CAPE I\ ~J Ci~T. \ EXPORT

J

' .~ t---, ,MODELS .j WH

, \ ' ~ ~~NLY '" "'7"""o"'\ ", I~t' Jt--i,O--t@\, ;'l '-RD~;: ~.

TlMER'r'MOTOR ,.-,SI<' \ -----!!.D

~DP DP

PDRAIN\' / au ®

UMP --' T. •

T6'1 16

~",",-----,WH"'--- _

TIMER LINE SWI TCH

BLACKWIRE INSERTION SIDE

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

c:r.ICIRCUITI fUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

0 WTO U LINE SWITCH

2 ~I:: 3~ :~:~::::: :~:~ATE

4 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATETO 32 REVERSING SPIN

6 16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER

8 Ill' TO 16 DRAIN PU,""

10 T1II TO 1M DRAIN eo TIMER BYPASS

12 : ~~ ~~ ~:;: :IICC

14'1,~ ~~:: :~:~I:;~~VAL fILL

otAM OPDl

'I ;: ~~l~p%C:TFUNCTION i• CAM CLOSED

~ C........TBE OPDI~ i ~ dU I ~ • ~Of!: CLOSED ~8 CM11 Q.OUlIFOlIIS5[CO/I)S

1IIP0l'PIFOlI15 CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES REGULAR FABRICS

'"C)<t~CMenI­<t...I

-I-0:::oc.><w­'"C)<t~CM.......I­<t...I

Page 156: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAW9304

BLACK

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55NO.

@)L1TOSW LINE SWITCH III!I!m

2):2:'T~ i2 REVERSING SPIN IIIlI!lI-~ IIIlI!lI I!I!.\lXl 1- -REVERSING AGITATE IIi<1!I _, ill IllIl.1II!II!IIilill IIIIIl

@)22T09 REVERSING AGITATE I MIl _, ill IIlIl.1II!II!IIiIL1l 1m!/122 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN IL1IL1I Illi1IiI!\1 IL1IL1I III!!IX1 --

®'6 TO 32 MOTOR - INTERRUPTER 1l1li IIltJJI!lI II!I!m

@'6TOTM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.

@ TMTO 7N SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS IL1IL1I- IL1IL1I L1IL1I - --@OVTOI6 SUDS SAVE

OV TO 15 SUDS RETURN m!IIIIl

@ WTO 58 RINSE FILL I ill IL1ISW TO 7T WASH FILL rn!- IIIIIlI

@ 5B TO 3 FILL 1--58 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL IT II

oCAM OPEN '"z

'"w

~~

~

~ CAM CLOSE.D EXCEPT ~

~ ""z

FOR SHORT PAUSE,. ,.

"'Ia CAM CLOSED FUNCTION " w " "~ ~

z z~

~ z~

~~ ~ z

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN ~ ~ a. a. ~ ~ a. ~ ~ ~ -~ a.OR CLosED 0 ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 0 ~ ~ ~

!3 CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSCLOSED FOR 15 THEN OPEN

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DEL ICATES suos REGULAR FABRICSfOR 30 SEctlNDS RETURII

WATERSAVER

SWITCH

',DIVERTER\ VALVEI

/'RD

--,III

JSAVE

"(/\

"

6K

WH

WATERVALVE

,-II

DRAIN l~__

6R

56 ,BU Yl

12RO

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS6K

·6K

RDL- _

12

TM

RD

"1/\\

"TIMERMOTOR

GN

------::::L

CABINETFRAME

LI 0 SWITCH~-':="':Hf

TIMER LINE SWITCH

®,/-- PULL

-=L:..:l=--t-ro-p 6",K---,L:o:.I",*,..- SW

',- __ • PUSH

CHECK

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

593VA-0393 2163580

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-14

Page 157: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8904

BLACK

C

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

~~~ CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

@SWTOLI LINE SWITCH AND ON LIGHT

CD B TO 3 WASH FILL IXIIIIII IIIIII<lB 10 7A WARM RINSE FILL

CD 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN r21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

CD SWI TO 58 DEEP RINSE FILLSWI TO 7T WASH fILL

0 22.T09 REVERSING AGITATE22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

@16TOTM BYPASS - TIMER ONLY6 16 TO 32 ASSURED HIGH SPEED - MOTOR

CD 5W1 TO 5111 EXTRA RINSE

® 3A TO 16 MOTOR CONTROL

® SW TO SO SUPER WASH LIGHT

@IGTOTM 8VPASS - TIMER ONLY ..~16 TO 3A MOTOR CONTROL

@ M TO 7N MOTOR AND TIMER BYPASS

§12T05B SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY

oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPTFOR SHORT PAUSE

FUNCTION ;mI CAM CLOSED

Z~

18I CAM MAY BE OPENz

::i - - zOR CLOSEO ~ ~ - ~ ;;: ~ ~'8 CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONOSCLOSED FOR 15 THEN Or-EN

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS QUICK CYCLE ,SUPER-WASH REGULAR F ABR I CS ~XTRAFOR 30 SECONDS INSE

WHITEWIRE INSERTION SIDE

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

BU

sw,

RD

DR

f- -; ENERGY: I SAVERL_ J SWITCH

BK,,~ffi : WATER~S : VALVE

JWH

"o%

au OR

EXTRA RINSESWITCH

RD

M OVERLOADX,PROTECTOR

" WH

.-_...!B",K__-¢"

BK

,: SPEED

REG \ SWI TCHFAST:

3A---

OY

1-­,,~ GENTLEL_S':~W_

YL I'---'-'~-

,LlDCLO-SEO

J

7N

TM

7N

@

TIMERLINE

SWITCH

®/~- PULLLI ,

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH :;----1

'"

7N

™ §I

RD

TIMERMOTOR

I~ .... ,

(\ )' .... ...J

CABINETFRAME

ON

------"l

Ll

N

ONRO LIGHT

573VA-0393 2163380

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-15

Page 158: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9804

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS FINE WASH PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICS ~~~~t

,.

liII!lIIiI

== 1m!

iIIl_

~~~

z0 0

z z. :j~ ~ . ~ "

0

" ~ ~

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCKEMENT

FUNCTION

oCAM OPEN

~ ~~~ ~~~1° p~XJfrII CAM CLOSED

~ g~MC~g~EgE OPEN

13 ~S~~E~O~OI~ ~~~E~~~~ f------+t--JJ-LL.J..4tLJJ..JJJ..J-ft-LLL--+----'-LLL-ll--+--U-jFOR 30 SECONDS

II ~l8liOM~I:g~iJ~~TNGSEOUENCf

~~~ CIRCUIT FUNCTION

o SW TO 1I LINE SWITCH AND ON LIGHT

IMER INFORMATION

12

I B TO 3 WASH FILLB TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

® 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

3 S\VI TO 59 DEEP RINSE FILL5\111 TO IT WASH FILL

4 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

5 'M TO VIR WASH I RINSE LIGHT [NOT USED} --® 16 TO 7N LOW OR SELECTED SPEED BYPASS16 TO 32 ASSURED HIGH SPEED - MOTOR

BLACK 7 SWI TO SW EXTRA RINSE

® TM TO 16 BYPASS - TIMER ONI.Y3A TO 16 SELECTED SPEED SPIN

9 SWTOSP SPIN LIGHT (NOT USED)'til TO SO SOAK liGHT

10 :~ ~6 ~~BYPASS - TIMER ONLYSELECTED SPEED AGITATE

12'~: ~6 ~~REGULAR SPEED BYPASSASSURED LOW SPEED - MOTOR

@12T056 SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

ENERGYSAVER

SWITCH

WATERVALVE

2163350

OR

"ox

BU

t... ) FUSE

ovERLOADX:ROTECTOR

\ WH

32- ---1: SPEED

F~~GT !SWI TCH3'1.----

"I--II

OR I GENTLE

L~:O~_

"OR

TIMER LINE SWITCH

BU

LID OPENLID SWITCH :.----;SW

12 ~ J

RO LID CLOSED

B'

LID OPEN1-----1 3~0----~---,

12 ILiO CLOSED

CHECK SWITCH c 'M

YL

SOAKBU LIGHT

YL

TIMERMOTOR

,, , ,,,II, ,, , -,

GN

~ON

RO LIGHT -=-CABINETFRAME

YL

@

BTM

7N

~ 7N

570VA-0393Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-16

Page 159: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8244

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CrRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55NO.

@) SW TO LI LINE SWITCH

CD B TO 3 WASH FILLB TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

@21 TO 9 REI/ERSING SPIN2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

CD SWi TO 5B DEEP RINSE FILLSWlT07T WASH FILL

@) 22T09 REVERSING AGITATE --- S•22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

® 16 TO TM BYPASS - TIMER ONLY16 TO 32 ASSURED HIGH SPEED - MOTOR

0 SWI TO SW EXTRA RINSE

®3ATO 16 MOTOR CONTROL

®SWTOSO SOAK LIGHT

@" TO TM BYPASS - TIMER ONLY

® MT07N MOTOR AND TIMER BYPASS

@12T05B SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY

oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSEO EXCEPT >FOR SHORT PAUSE

FUNCTIONmCAM CLOSED . .~ CAM MAY BE OPEN

%

=~ --~ ~

,~ : ~OR CLOSED ~8 CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDS

REGULAR FABRICS ~XTRACLOSED FOR 15 THEtiOPENCYCLE PERMANENT PRESS QUICK CYCLE PRHOAKFOR 30 SECONDS INSE

BLACK

WHITEWIRE INSERTION SIDE

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

YL

SOAKLIGHT

-,:WATERlVALVE

-'

( ) FUSE

r­\g'0,"'--

WH

EXTRA RINSESWITCH

WATERTEMP

SWITCH

7N

,~ J

RD LID CLOSED

@

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH i.-_-"-o--',,,''-- _'"

RO

TIMERMOTOR

/", ....... ,\\ )

' .... ...J

CABINETFRAME

LID OPEN~-----, 30

121

IliD CLOSEDCHECK SWITCH c 'M

YL

N

Ll

575VA-0393 2163400

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CI RCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-17

Page 160: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8804

BLACK

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT fUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55NO,

@SWTO 1I LINE SWITCH AND ON LIGHT

'CD58 TO 3 WASH FILLB TO 7A WARM RINSE FilL TIIIII Tl\II

® 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN •e~21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE --® SWi TO 56 DEEP RINSE FILLSl'llT07T WASH FilL

0 2no 9 REVERSING AGITATE Ii/Jil til filii22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

016 TO 1M BYPASS - TIMER ONLY16 TO 32 ASSURED HIGH SPEED - MOTOR

(j) SWI TO SW EXTRA RINSE

® 3A TO 16 MOTOR CONTROL1__1

_1!liIfW rnI

® SW TO SO SOAK LIGHT

@ 16 TO 1M BYPASS - TIMER ONLY

@trMT07N MOTOR AND TIMER BYPASS

®12TO 5B SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY ror for

oCAM OPEN ~ftJCAM CLOSED EXCEPT ~

FOR SHORT PAUSE ~ - ~ e!mCAM CLOSEDFUNCTION

~ ~

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN ::: z ::: -. ~

DR CLOSED " ~ ~ ~ "< ~ ~ ~"8 CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDS

CLOSEO FOR 15 THEN OPENCYCLE PERMANENT PRESS QUICK CYCLE PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICS ~~TRA

FOR ~O SECONOS NSE

WHITEWIRE INSERTION SIDE ----INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

RD

2163390

SU DR

r- :,1:1 " : WATER

0,0 , : VALVEl: JWH

WH

I,

)FUSE,,SR

SU

EXTRA RINSESWITCH

RD

CAPEXPORTMODELS,~TfO\".!/.~~

" 9C§~T • !I R

.......// 21

M OVERLOAD>:ROTECTOR

\ WH

r-_...JS"K~_--< 32

8K

® @

,: SPEED

GE~HLE REG I SWITCHSLOW FAST:

3A---

TN §I

,RD LID CLOSED J

RD

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH :.-_-_-.--i::l-sw--------l12'

@

EI 7N

TIMERMOTOR

//.........\

\ )'- .../

SU

CABINETFRAME

ON

-----=:L

LID OPEN12 1----.--i:',=-3"-O__= ~

CHECK SWITCH L ~~ID CLOSED

YC

N

TIMERLINE

SWITCH

®(-- ULL swL~l'-+a:+,s,,-K ----,',,-'",'e--

'\.. • USH

ONRD LIGHT

574VA-0393Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION S. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-18

Page 161: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8714

YL

BR

WH

BU

r: ~ -1 WATER:S ~ \ VALVEL_ _J

WH

II

WATER \ H~CI TEMP I w-c

I ",.c" l':OL-----

1

u-----,__ "

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

GY

TM

§j7N

7N

N

®B

BU sot® RO

L!.fO>i-~_~~O~'''-' ,..-J':"1Pu,,:L.:<L~BK1i~1-------------=----1sW':..; BK 1I SW I'7'"rl

.' ~ G'------""'-'PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM !CIRCUIT! FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60NO.

@L1TOSW LINE SWITCH & ON LIGHT 1-!!CD 58 TO 3 WASH 'FilL -- 1-IIlII!I Ilm_I /58 TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL Xilm

® 2tT09 REVERSING SPIN

~M- Ii I !II!1- W~2 2! TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE fili!!I!l!Io W TO 58 DEEP RINSE FilL 1l1li I !II!3;SWT07T WASH FILL 1-- II!IIiI IIIIIIII -(±) 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE t>i!!I!illII- 1l1li

~IIIIIIII

~-I_~ ~~~4 12T032 REVERSING SPIN 1m IIlII!IIIIII IIIlII!I I !II!

016 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED

®16 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.

®Isw-ro-sohOAK LIGHT 1_IIIIIIII

Q~I6TOTM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.i6 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED

@7NTOTM SPIN B TIMER MOTOR BYPASS 1m 1IlII!I!II! 1m- 1II1II1- _1-

®58 TO 11 SUB-INTERVAL FILL I~ ~

oCAM OPE~

~~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT

i ~FOR SHORT PAUSE •~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION .~ CAM MAY BE D"EN - ~ ~ • ~ g -

~ ~ j-~OR CLOSED u "8 CAM OPEN FOR ~~ SECONDS

CLOSEDFORI5T11ENOPENCYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES QUICK CYCLE PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICSFOR ~O SECONOS

3 I

I

-::::L\ 9 CAP\

EXPORT 9 WH

ROCAB INET C~~T • ! MODELSFRAME I BR

'~®ON ,' 21"'_ 21 B 2

LIGHT ,.../OR IVE31 O;--~2 - '22 MOTOR

-, RO\

BK

I,, BK- >2

® ®YL

YL

WHITE

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

583VA-1093 2163480

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-19

Page 162: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8704, LAT4914

T B TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICAM ICIRCUITI FUNCTIONNO. I' , I

® SW TO SO SOAK LIGHT

I~

1mIXIX_

-

m 1m

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55.,

WASH FILL

MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTERMOTOR - REGULAR SPEED

WASH FILLWARM RINSE FILL

REVERSING AGITATEREVERSING SPIN

DEEP RINSE FILL

REVERSING SPINREVERSING AGITATE

r:3' SW TO 5B\-::.J SW TO IT

r?\ 11 TO 9~ 11 TO 31

f,;\ 11 TO 9011 TO 31

r'6' 16 TO TMI..::.J 16 TO 32

® 1I TO SW LINE SWITCH 8 ON LIGHT

12 CD 5B TO 3I 5B TO IA

YL

BR

( ) FUSE

2163550

BU OR

I-,

10 6 I WATER1-' I VALVE18 '" Il_ I

WHWH

WH

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH

BU

II

WATER : H~CTEMP I w-c

SWI TCH : c-cI1 -----

'2

RD

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

II*'

~ ~ ~I cu'"'" '" > '" '" "'>

'".

'" '" '"~.

~z w . '"'" . '" '" >- '" "'.LL --' " ~ :~ 'L --'. z LL --' Z'"' j -' z

LL -, LL --' ,LL --' -~

~ ~e; :e; 0- ~o

0 ,~ 0 u. . '" 0 c;: =<n u.

®

SW

\ 9 CAPCENT. \ EXPORT 9 WH

SW I MODELS

fBR ..-:~®-.,1id"21'-----+j"~ 2

/DRIVE/ MOTOR

OVERLOADX,PROTEGTOR

\ WH

®B

BK =-------t-:3,....,.L- -=B"'K~32

so

32

GY

FUNCTION

WH

TM

WH

~t.:.j 7N

7N

,!..!.P-Of~-130 WH ------~====::;_--l12 1 ~---

CHECK SWI TCHc 1M

LID CLOSED

N

@.. -"PULL BKL~ , ~""-ois'iw'-9-----------------B-U------9SW

\'---~';USH II:9 FirTIMER LINE SWITCH .

[[9 ~ SB _,-,YL~=--oLID OPEN

LID SWITCH 1.----: sw:_~,--,.8K

I

RD I lI0 CLOSEORO

GN

-=:L

CABINETFRAME

TIMER31MOTOR,- , ,

WHII \

SOAK I ILIGHT \ , I

" -OR

@ 31

YL

rfO\ 16 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER\!.:;/ 16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED

® IN TO TM SPIN 8 TIMER MOTOR BYPASS~_.l..--_ _~I-'--® 5B TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL

oCAM OPEN I~ ~~~ ~~~~~ p\XUCi:T

~ CAM CLOSED I

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN I'~ OR CLOSED

8 ~~gs~g~~~d~oj~i~E~~~~Sf-I--C-Y-C-LE-- PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES lNF1111TE REGULAR FABRIC~~L- J- L.-...L. --l_L.- --l_.lCs"'''''---'---.l. .__.__

BLACK

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

590VA-0393Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-20

Page 163: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8614

YL

OR

12

i§ 5B 1---.W-----;;1---~B

RO

TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

I~ I~

'" '" '" '" '"w

~ ~ ~ ~ ~~.. .. .. .. .. z

;0 ;0 ;0 ;0 ;0 <r

'" Z Z '" Z '" Z '" '" '" z-' -' -' -' -' -'-' Q. Q. -' Q. -' Q. -' -' -' Q.<;: "' "' <;: "' <;: "' <;: <;: <;: "'

PERMANENT PRESS OEUCATES QUICK CYCLE SIJPEIlWASH REGULAR FABRICS

BKI

RD LlDCLOSEOJ

TIMER LINE SWITCH

RO

® --INTERNAL TIMER BUSSB

J.!..D_Q..P!!!130 WH12 I ...;1""'"-----''''-------

CHECK SWI TCH I , •UOC[o"SED

YL

N

TM

~'N-'l

-=- \ 9I

CABINET C~~T • IFRAME I BR

121I

TIMER /'DR IVEMOTOR 22 MOTOR

I -, 32BK RO

I \I 1SUPER \. ,I

WASH '- ~

LIGHTOR

WH

YL

r- ---''''-- -'s'-=60 sw

tt<X>t-.!!5.-~®;;?:' ....' --,",'fTu_L-<L>f,iBKt=:-----------------: ---i swII BK LI SW

\.~;~USH lf9WHITE

TIMER INFORMATI ONCAM !CIRCUITI FUNCTIONNO.

@L1TOSW UNE SWITCH

CD 58 TO 3 WASH FILLI 15B TO ,. WARM RINSE FILL

® 2IT09 REVERSING SPIN221T032 REVERSING AGITATE

0~W TO 5B DEEP RINSE FILLJsw TO 7T WASH FILL

0 22T09 REVERSING AGITATE422T032 REVERSING SPIN

®'6 TO" MOTOR REGULAR SPEED

016 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.IG TO 32 PRE-SOAK BYPASS

BLACK®SWTOSO SUPER WASH LIGHT

@16TOTN MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.10 16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED

@'NTOTM SPIN 6 TIMER MOTOR BYPASS

15 @5B TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL

13 oCAM OPEN

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPTFOR SHORT PAUSE

mCAM CLOSED FUNCTION

~ CAM MAY BE OPENOR CLOSED8 CAM OPEN FOR 4~ S(CONllSCLOSED FGR IS THEN OPEN

CYCLEFOR)OSECONDS

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH

581VA-1093 2163460

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS / SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-21

Page 164: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8604

YL

"4------

OR

BU

YL

1-----,WATER :H~TEMP 'w-c

SWITCH: c-cI1 _

----INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

OY

WH

\ 9 CAP\ EXPORT 9 WH BUC~~T • ! MODELS

I R'~® ,- -,

, 21 ,,_ 21 e 2 10 I WATER,WH 32 I~ I

/' DRIVE IS I VALVE

" OR 22 MOTOR WH l_ _J

" ROWH

BK

"OR WH

)FUSE,@ " ®

.2® BR

B 7N

LID

7N

..L.~D_Q.PJ.!::!l 30 WH12 I e-ll>-"------"''------~

CHECK SWITCH C J "

LID CLOSED YL

N

TIMERMOTOR

CABINETFRAME

TM

ON

ONLIGHT

YL

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60NO.

® U TO S. LINE SWITCH a ON LIGHT

CD 58 TO 3 WASH FILL - IIIlI-8 TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL II§! I M!Il

CD ~ 10 9 REVERSING SPIN IIII~I!IIB!II~ ~I~B!II_ -_

21 10 32 REVERSING AGITATE tB!II

® .T058 DEEP RINSE FILL 111I IB!II15. TO 7 WASH FILL IB!IIB!II- IIIlIIII 11III -@22T09 REVERSING AGITATE IIII~mB!lltl! IlIII I IIlilIIf IB!II

4 22 10 32 REVERSING SPIN 111IIII IB!III_ -_(~),6 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED I~I I I§! I§!JIll@'6 101M MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.

16 10 32 PRE-SOAK BYPASS r1'llllllll

0501050 SUPER WASH LIGHT (NOT USEDl nlIII!iIImm@ 16 10 1M MOTOR NEUTRAL tNT.10'61031 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED IIIlIIII l\lI. -@INl0TM SPIN 8 TIMER MOTOR BYPASS I 11I11IIII B!II 11IIII- IB!III_ -

_®581012 SUB-INTERVAL FILL '*I 1'*1 Ilir !Of

oCAM OPEN '" '" '" '" '"w

~ .. ~ .. ~ z~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT ~

.. ..FOR SHORT PAUSE 3' 3' 3' 3' ~

mCAN CLOSED FUNCTION '" z z '" z '" z '" '" '" z~ ::! ~ ::! ~ ~

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN~ 0- g; 0- ~ g; ~ ~ 0-

OR CLOSED <;: '" <;: '" <;: <;: <;: <;: '"13 CAllI OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSCLosm FOR IS THEM OPEN

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DEll CATES QUICK CYCLE SUPER lASH REGULAR FABRICSFOR 50 SECONDS

,-- w~H'____ ~~

® i--..."P,..U_LL-o;;,;:BK'4=::- ...,SWL"'l=-t<x>t--'B"'K'-------"LI,-O-~ ... sW I7rl- "L?9

~PUSHTIMER LINE SWITCH

SWI TCL,H_,_Lt_D~_~_P~_E~_~_;_S_W_ ~ ROf"

RD LID CLOSED .

RO

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

BLACK

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH

582VA-1093 2163470Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION S. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-22

Page 165: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8624, LAT5914

YL

-,1 WATER: VALVE

_J

) FUSE

aR

OR

au

WH

BU

WH

BU

1-----1

WATER :H~TEMP 1 w-c

SWI TCH : e-c11 _

®

@ 5B

r:.0

SW

® --INTERNAL TIMER BUSSa

L- --->BcoK--<>32

so

GY

OR

WH

WH

RD LID CLOSED

o7N

.0

~L1D_Q..P!!:!.1 30 WH12 1 ...,:;:..0.-----"'-'-------,

1 MSWITCH C I

LID CLOSEDYL

"II1

\'-

LID OPENLID SWITCH :;----: sw BK

12 ~ ]

GN

TIMERMOTOR

TM

CAB INETFRAME

N7N

SOAKLIGHT

CHECK

L!.+O;::j...~'_____"~®:0~7---yP;U-LL-O;5'ia:;-K~~--------------------lsw':..C BK LI SW

IT9~USHTIMER LINE SWITCH

YL

TIMER INFORMATI ON TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60NO.

®UTa SW LINE SWITCH

CD 58 TO 3 WASH FILL -- -§Il\!I Ilili_B TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

CD'IT09 REVERSING SPIN m I!I!!!III!:Ii II!Iil !I OOI! OOI!OOI!i Wm2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE -- I§j §Il\!I -G)SW TO 58 DEEP RINSE FILL m 100I!ISW TO 7T WASH FILL 1-- 1-§Il\!I -022 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE -- I§j i1~

~- OOI!OOI!~ M~4 22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN m I!I!!!III! II!Iil !!!l

016 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED I liN mm

016 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT. --®SWTOSO SOAK LIGHT _m@16TOTM MOTOR NEUTRAL INT.

IG TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED -!m.1 -@7NTOTM SPIN B. TIMER MOTOR BYPASS m1Iim!il§l IIIim- iIl§ - --@58TOI2 SUB INTERVAL FILL '" Pol '" P'I

oCAM OPEtl~ " ~ ~ ~ w~ ~ ~ ~ > ~

~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT «~ ~

« zFOR SHORT PAUSE '" '" '"~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION '" '" . '" ~ '" . '"j z z ~

"z ~ z « ~

" j z~ CAM MAY BE OPEtl ~ e; ~

~~ - e; -0 ~ e;

OR CLOSED c;: ~ c;: ~ c;: . ~ c;: c;:8 CAM OPEtiFOR 45 SECONDS

Cl.OSED FOR 15 THEN OPENCYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES QUICK CYCLE PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABR ICSFOR 30 SECONDS

WHITE

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

585VA-1093

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH

2163500Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-23

Page 166: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8504, LAT3914

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICAM CIRCUITNO. FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

T B®U TO SW LINE SWITCH

rjQ\!TM TO 7NI SPIN e. TIMER MOTOR BYPASS II I 1II1 ffI! IIilIIil _ I IIII II WfIl _ I~ 7N TO 7N SOAK LIGHT IIiil!i !lIl!l IIiII1IIII

;)i > > X X WV> V> V>

<t - z - <t <t z;0 ;Ow ;0 trg;. .

~ ~~FUNCTION '" . .~ ~ '" . '" ."- .J ;, Z ;, "- :-~

;, "- .J -0 .Jii:~~

z"- .J

~~ -~ "- "- "- ~ ~tn .J - "-0 i;: 0 V> 0 "-- i;: ."- . V>

I1II III

INiir:::E REGULAR FABRICSDELI CA TES

I IIII

PERMANENT PRESS

1111 1111 III *II I 11I1 1111- f*l11 I II 1111

1111 1111 ffI! I ~ II I 1111 11111Iil111 I II I II 1III II WfIl IIIIIWfIl~ III II I ~I'M IIiil!i

II I III1 III II [II!1l ~i!A~ IIiil!i

CYCLE

oCAM OPEN

[l CAM CLOSED EXCEPTlaI FOR SHORT PAUSE

~ CAM CLOSED

~ CAM MAY BE OPEN~ OR CLOSED

8 C.AM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSCLOSED FOR 15 TliEN OPENFOR 30 SECONDS

r,:;j\ 3 TO 5B WASH FILL

~ 12 TO 5B SUB-INTERVAL FILL

4

8 ® 16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER

01 TM TO 16 I TIMER MOTOR 8YPASS

1r::;:;=:;:::;:::;=JJ 0@2\ISWT05BIRINSEFILL~ SW TO 7T WASH FILL

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSSBK

7TWH

--...,...--,IIIII,II

____ J

3

YL

SW

" FUSEj

BR

OR-I

:WATER:VALVE

-'

'4----------

@.... .11III •I C-C11II'---

YL

BU

r­Io'.J10I"1_-

12 5B 3RD BU YL

9 WH

BK

RD

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH :.----:12 I I

... -----lSWRD LID CLOSED

LID DPEN,----.-...,:')-'3_D ----,

12 ICHECK SWITCHL J M

LID CLDSED

TIMER LINE SWITCHWH ~

@/'- PULL

L:.,:l=-+--t<X>t--"B,,-K---,-:-<>f-<'....-- SWLI '",- •

_ _ PUSH

2163430Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS ISCHEMATICS 5-24©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 167: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8424, LAT8414

BR

(~ ) FUSE

WH

BK

®

- 22

BK L..R_D -hcP-....

'- -=B"'K-¢32

31

OR

['- J

WH

GY

/""" ....

FI

IIIII[

\\\

\ ,

TM

@7N

RD LID CLOSED

RD

LID OPENLID SWITCH :;----: SW12 I

LID OPEN12 1----~3:c0=-------'W-'H----------~

1 MCHECK SWITCH ~ [

LID CLOSEDYL

7N

TIMERMOTOR

N

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55NO.

® LI TO SW LINE SWITCH ll!ItItmII

CD 5B TO 3 WASH FILL ~ Ill!llIlIII II 56 TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL IIXM IXMII

021T09 REVERSING SPIN IlI\!I~ IlI\!I I\mXI lJ!ll i!ltl12 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE D<mIl Ill!llIlIIIIl1! ~ Il1! IlI\!Io SWTO 56 DEEP RINSE FILL Il1! Il1! IlI\!I

sw TO 7T WASH FILL Illll~ lJ!llIllll lJ!ll IlllllllIl lJ!lllJ!ll

G)22T09 REVERSING AGITATE D<mIl ~1l1! ~ Il1! IlI\!I4 22TO 32 REVERSING SPIN Il1!Il1!~ IlI\!I I\mXI i!II!! -® 16 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER - IJl'§Ill!!l!l

16 TO 32 MOTOR - REGULAR SPEED E!I\I lJ!ll

@16 TO TM MOTOR NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER IlI\!I -~16 TO 31 MOTOR - SLOW SPEED IlllllllIl ~Iil~

@7NTOTM SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS Il1!Il1! IIlIilllI Il1!Il1! ~ ~ -® 56 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL 1*1

oCAM OPEN iii :r :r :r wU) U) U)

ffJ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT <! . ~ <! <! <!U)

FOR SHORT PAUSE ;;0 ;;0 ;;0 ;;0 ~. w co~ CAM CLOSED FUNCTION <t5 <t5 <t5 ... <t5 '"LL ...J Z

z'"'LL ...J :~ [L ...J Z'"' ...J

z '"'oCAM MAY BE OPEN LL ...J LL ...J z LL...J-., ...J z z:J

~ ~ ~5; "'0 .<l-OR CLOSED 0 4- - 0 4- OIL;: "'" c;: ~ • U)

~ CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSCLOSED FOR 15 THEN OPEN

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS DELI CATES INFINITE REGULAR FABRICSFOR 30 SECONDS SOAK

CABINETFRAME

GN

~

4

®/ __ PULL/ BK3L~14::roi-~B~K_"':L~I-o-i~...--J~,-ot.SWii1rr.;::;-----==========~====-1, , [f9~PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

~

T

T B

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

R f.. d·589V.A,:,n3.Q3. b'· .

e er to wiring lagram suPPlIe'cf wlb1 umt e,ore attempting service.

WATERLEVEL

SWITCH 2163540

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-25

Page 168: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT8234,LAT8204,LAT8034,LAT8024, LAT8004

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT I

® illllllill 1IIIIIIITIIIIIIIIl rTIl16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER I IllI II!ll\.M Il!Il!I

'"w

V> V>.. Z

'" "'11· '" '"::> - .... -' -' z.. Q. .... -' -' g;Q. V> 0 ;;: ;;:

DELI CATES REGULAR FABRICS

z ~ lJ,..Q. Q. ....V> V> 0

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

PERMANENT PRESS

11l\llII~ IIl\llIIIl\llII 11\llI11\llIIT 1111I1111 IIIIIIIIIIITIIIIIIIIITI Til IT

........o

DITml

Il!Il!IIl\llII I I I IT ITrn ITmIT Tl r II I I tI9 III II I I I tI9 ~I I I I I 1<1

mITml 1111111111 1111111111111111111111111111 II

1IIIImi 1!Il1~1111 1111111!Il111111111 1111 ~ III mIII_ IlImlllllll

CYCLE

FUNCTION

FUNCTION

oCAM OPEN

[l CAM CLOSED EXCEPTIl;:)I FOR SHORT PAUSE

!Ii CAM CLOSED

fVl CAM MAY BE OPEN~ OR CLOSEDQ CAM OPEN FOR 45 SECONDSJ:l CLOSED FOR 15 THEN

OPEN FOR 30 SECONDS

CAM CIRCUITNO.

~ 3 TO 5B WASH FILL\l.:v 12 TO 5B I SUB-INTERVAL FILL

®I ™ TO 16 I NEUTRAL INTERRUPTER

@2\ISWT058IRINSEFILLIISW TO 7TI WASH FILL

(@YM TO 7N I SPIN a TIMER MOTOR BYPASS

® SW TO LI LINE SWITCH a ON LIGHT11111111 1I1111 1111 1111 11I1111111111 I

fcCf~2~I~T~0~9~R~E~V~ER~S~IN~G~S~P~IN~§~~3M\(1~===~~",~WIlI_~2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE , '" IT0:\ 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE II!IlI IT~ 22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN M\(1 ~ ~ I

T C B

WIRE INSERTIONSIDE

SW

" FUSEj

BR

YL

T T@B/2 12 7T

RD WH----,5B IBU I

Iw-c Ic-c III

WH 4-------- ____J3

YLBU OR

0-II" WATER16I" VALVE'---

®

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSSBK

RD 32

®TM

BK

TIMER LINE SWITCHWH

L10 OPENSWITCH :.----1.-_.c:127Q-1,. I

... -----JswRD LID CLOSED

RD

RD

LID OPEN,----.---i'J'3::,::O:...- =-c-

12 I M

CHECK L J BK

SWITCH L1DCLOSED

™ [QID BK BK

M DR IVE/,,- "',MOTOR

/ ,I OVERLOAD \ WH

/ PROTECTOR ,.-L---~,:.:::.------I C~/ EXPORTI z MODELS\::> ONLY T

\ '" "~0\ ,..... 21 B\.SJ,,

'"

GN

--:::L

CABINETFRAME

LID

"- , ,YL I \

/ I\\ I

" /TIMERMOTOR

WATERLEVEL FULL

SWITCH/-', 167 I

'--------------.:.=.-o--6~....:::-------!-.,01.(..-.. I 15

7N WH \,__ / EMPTY

ONWH LIGHT

N

588VA-0393 2163530Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS 5-26©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 169: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT6914

_,-

><

0 ,~

-~"

I~ 1111

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

TIME CHART 90 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

,-

FUNCTION

oCAM OPEN

~ fg~ ~~~~~O p1~~Er~ CAM CLOSED

~ g~MC~~iE~E OPEN ~ ~ ~

8 g~s~~E~o~O~ ~~ESNE%~~~S r------+r---DLJL.L4t-=-D.uJ-If'-il.L-+--L.LLLL...ll-+~~FOR 30 SECONDS CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS OUICK CYCLE PRE-SOAK REGULAR FABRICS ~~~~~

TIMER INFORMATIONCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTIONNO.

'2

® SW TO LI LINE SWITCH

CD B TO :3 WASH FILLB TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL

® 21 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

® SWI TO 53 DEEP RINSE FILLSIM TO 7T WASH FILL

8) 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

® 16 TO TM BYPASS - TIMER ON\.Y

BLACK\6 TO 32 ASSUREO HIGH SPEED - MOTOR

CD SWI TO SW EXTRA RINSE

®3A TO 16 MOTOR CONTROL

® wraso SOAK LIGHT

@16 TO TM BYPASS - TIMER ONLY

@rrMT07N MOTOR AND TIMER BYPASS

@12T05B SUB-INTERVAL SPRAY

WHITEWIRE INSERTION SIDE

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

TIMERLINE

SWITCH

®r-- PULL SW

L",l'---ta:>1-"s,,-,----,L,,-'""e-~

<... __ •PUSH

WH

'W,

WATER

EXTRA RINSESWITCH

OR

, -: ENERGY, , SAVER, _1 SWITCHL_

BK

OR,

bl5,

c :WATER0

~~ : VALVEJ

WH

WH

,---""-----¢"

---"ii SPEED

REG 1SWITCHFAST i

34---

® @YL

WH

1-­,,i GENTLE

L_~~W_

7N

TM

@

TIMERMOTOR

,,,-- -,,\, I\ I\ .... _ --.I

™ §I

GN

-=:L

CABINETFRAME

S6AKLIGHT

7N

N

572VA-0393 2163370

Refer towiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS©1994 Maytag Corporation

5-27

Page 170: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

L

LAT5005, LAT5004

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 60 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTIONNO.

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

@SW TO LI LINE SWITCHI I I

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

IWi!IIII II II

II II II1*1 1*1

,<""",

zw

zz"-

~~"-

"" "' 0'" "'

I II

I II 1111 III 1111 1111 II

II!l II!ll!II!lflI II II!ll!II!ll! 1111II~

I II 1111 III 1111 I II 1111 1111 1111 II II

II 111I II II 1111 1111 1*1

or~

w,"' ~<

'" ~

~ "'"FUNCTION '" , '"--' z --' z~ --' "- --' :;; ~~ ;;: "' ;;: ~

0 0

D,AM OPEN

~ ~g~ g~~~~ pEfuc::r

~ CAM CLOSEO

~ g~MC~g~EgE OPEN

~ ~~g:~~gS~~RFg~'15SECONDS 1----C-Y-C-LE--++-P-E-R-M-A--'NUEN...LT-'-pLR...LE.LSS---j-+--R-E-G-U-L-ARLLFUA-B.LRLIC--'S...L---j

® TM TO 16 NEUTRAL BYPASS

Q 3 TO 56 WASH FILLI.!.:!:J 12 TO 5B SUB-INTERVAL FILL

® 16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER

@2SWT056RINSEFILLSW TO 7T WASH FILL

@ TM TO 7N SPIN B TIMER MOTOR BYPASS

(.;\121 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN0121 TO 321 REVERSING AGITATE

(";:."\ 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE~22 TO 32 REVERSING SPINBcT

CHECK SWITCHYL

WATERVALVE

FUSE

WH

BR

/ ,I \

\ ..../

YL

BU ORr- ------- -,J 9 110 II" I1__ _I

WH

9 WH

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSSBK sw

03J WATERB T TEMP

SWITCH

12 5B 3RD BU YL

WATERLEVEL FULL

SWITCH/--, 16GY 7 /

O"''-.-----''-'----'--,c+:~ I 15

\'--/EMPTY

RD

// ,DRIVE/ ',MOTOR

/ OVERLOAD " WH/ PROTECTOR ,-L----'O--".:.'-C-A-P----,

f EXPORTI MODELSI ONLY T

" /1hM®" ....: .... 21 B,,"-

WH

LID OPEN..------1

: • I

12 I I

.... -----J$WRD LID CLOSED

12

RD

TM ~

BK

N

L1

LID SWITCH

TIMERMOTOR

ON

--::l

CABINETFRAME

576VA-0393 2163410

Refer to wiring diagram supplied with unit before attempting service.

16001145 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS / SCHEMATICS 5·28©1994 Maytag Corporation

Page 171: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

enNIb

'4~

a15

l/lU

~:::i:wJ:

~-~5~U...J

5~I-

~W

uiZCQg1-'"U "­wOl/l~

U0'1

%:::i:

~@

oju'5...Q)l/l

Clc:'~

C-E~roQ)...SQ).c....,'c::sfi

C") '3"Cm ,~

m c..C-

O ::sl/l

I E

~ro...Clro

LO :.c0 Cl

c:(,0 'C

'3.9...~Q)c::

oVCOV,(,0,.....C\I

WATERVALVE

(~") FUSE\..7...'

CAPEXPORTMODELS.....~NlY au "T

0,~

(@)

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSSBK

, DR I VE", MOTOR

\ WH

,C~~T • \,

I.BU,~I /--k;L

....... _/PUSH

lIQ_O!.sI!._l:. I

'"

"

I DRAIN__ / PUMP

De

TIMER LINE SWITCH

@,/-BK LlLl

LID SWITCH

(-"

TIMERMOTOR

'-{", ,, I

\'- --/

CHECK SWITCH

CABINETFRAME

'"---=:L

12

14

'0

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 60 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

~~~ !CIRCUITI FUNCTION 5 10 '5 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

®SW TO U LINE SWITCH

®ill ;0° 3~ ~~~~:~:~~ ;~:~ATEM\f ~ I

® 2221T::2 :~~~:~:~~ ~~:~ATE M\f ~H~® 16 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER

® 16 TO DP DRAIN PUMP 11l_

@16T07H SPIN a. TIMER MOTOR BYPASS 11l_

@ S: ~~;~ ~~SS: ;II~C

® l~ ~~;~ ~~:~I:;~~VAL filL

oCAM OPEN .iii CAM CLOSED EKCEPT ~ ~fOR SHORT PAUSE

• CAM CLOSEDFUNCTION .. ..

~ CAM YAY BE OPEN ~ ~ g ~,

~OR CLOSED ~ ~ ~

8 CMlOPEII FOR 15 SE~OIlDSTltOleLOSEDFOR4S

CYCLE PERMANENT PRESS REGULAR FABRICSIECOIDS

iC

C)e::(IIII::!'ooLt)

l­e::(..J

-I-0:::oC.><W-

Page 172: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS(1997) DEPENDABLE CARE rLAT5006 • LAT9206

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 60 SECONDS PER INCREMENTCAM CIRCUIT FUNCTIONNO.

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

! '" :r '"'" '" '"z'" ~

za: ~ ii:

fUNCTION ., .,~

.,~ --~ j ~ ~ ~

~~ ~

~~ ;;: ;;: ~

CYCLE REGULAR fABRICS PERMANENT PRESS

I II II 1III I 1IIII1 III . III

I

I II

1I1I __ _1-1111 II11 III II

11111111 I1II 11111*1111 !*lIt 1111 1111 1111 III1 1*11

11111111111111111 1111 IIII 111111111 111111111 II

II ~"1111111111111 111111.11111111 IIII III1 II

1 II. III ~1TTIXIIII I11I I1I1 IIII_I_IXIIIIIIII IIIIIII.

oCAM OPEN

[l CAM CLOSED EXCEPT11II FOR SHORT PAUSE

Ilil CAM CLOSED

/VI CAM MAY BE OPEN~ OR CLOSEDo CAM OPE~ FOR 40 SECONDSl:J THE'" CLOSED FOR 15

SECONDS

T C B ®1I TO SW LINE SWITCH

021 TO 9 REVERSING SPIN14 2 1121 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE

12 8)122 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE'122 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN

10(B116 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER

80116 TO IN SPIN Ii TIMER MOTOR 8YPASS

6

4 @ISWTO 7T WASH fiLLSW TO 58 RINSE fiLL

2@158 TO 3 WASH fiLL

014/158 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL fiLL

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

aR

YL

GY

(@) WATERTEMP

@SWITCH 7T7T WH

1-------------- ---,I ,

12 sa 3 I ,RD au YL I- w-c

,IC-C ,I c-c .1I II ,I 1

WH "'4---------- 3---~

YLBU OR

r- ------- -,'0

,WATER1-, ,

10 1 VALVE, u ,1 -1

WH

9 WH,

FUSE,,,

WH

WATERLEVEL FULL

SWITCH..--', 167 I

: I 15

",-/EMPTY

16

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSSr- B~Kc...- _Qsw

7N GY

RD

'6

TM

// ,DRIVE/ ',MOTOR

I OVERLOAD " WH" PROTECTOR r-'----'(>-----,---,----,,,,

I\\,,,

" "

LID OPEN1.----112 I I

... -----JswRD LID CLOSED

aK

TIMER LINE SWITCH

@,--"PULL

BK LI I SW\ I\ - I' ... _ .... /PUSH

RO

L1

N

... - .... ,I \

( I'........ .,,/'

TIMERMOTOR

LID SWITCH

GN

-=:L

CABINETFRAME

LID OPEN,- -- -.--j'>'3:.:0 ---;",,-,

12 j M

CHECK S WI TCH

\ J

'-'

1DA FUSE(IF SO EQUIPPED)

L1

16001145-01 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS© 1997 Maytag Corporation

5·30

Page 173: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9306

c a

aLACK

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

8

6

4

o

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 120 SECONDS PER INCREMENTICAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45NO.

® LI TO SW LINE SWITCH1/111 1111 1111 '1/11 111/11111

021T09 REVERSING SPIN .1 1111 I_l!_>J~III_ •2 21 TO 32 REVERSING AGITATE !XII

:\122 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE ..re.'!J122 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN IXD<lXII 1II1 I- •6:\/16 TO 7N SPIN BTIMER MOTOR BYPASS '. III I." "I j I 1111 .11 "" II:1116 TO 32 MOTOR INTERRUPTER ~ ,..- • IlaJ ~

®1'6 TO 7N SPIN BTIMER MOTOR BYPASS II1II 1IIII I- - • I. •III II " I " II '11/1 1/1 111/1 II@SWTO 7T WASH FILL -•12 sw TO 5B RINSE FILL •@15B TO 3 I WASH FILL I1I11 III14/158 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL lit! lit! 11+11 I II II joj I 1+1

oCAM OPEN

I •fi;I CA.. CLOSED EXCEPT !rOR SHORT PAUSE F!DCA.. CLOSED FUNCTION

~ CAU MA Y SE OPENOR CLOSED8 C.AM OPEN roR ICO S£COIClSCLOUD FOjll' I'~ OP("

CYCLE RrGULAR ~ABRICSPERMANENT I OELlCA,TESrOft ~ SfCQJCJS PRESS

RO

8 T

@ 7T12 3 WHRO YL 7T,----------- ---...,

I I, , WATERI • II C-C I TEMPI H-C I SWITCHI W-C II I1 IL ___ 4"------ ____ J

3

BK

----INTERNAL TIMER BUSSr- -Qsw@,--',PULL

II I \ SW

I------,

RO LID CL OSED

8KI

\ • I' .... _ .......PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH BK

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH f.----~ sw12 1

L1

YL

BR

Bu OR,-I I10 I WATER1-' I VALVE18 11 I

-"WH

WH

WH

®

CAPEXPORT 9 WHMODELS

'~8~f2\"d""---+1,~~

®

'- .;.;R"'"0~32

TM

LID OPENi - -- -.-...;'0:3:.,:°'--__= -,12 I

CHECK SWITCH~ J M

LID CLOSED

GN , ,-

------=:l- /,

/I

III

CABINET 1

FRAME 1\\\

\ , ,TIMER ,MOTOR "

,- , 32I

,\

! I RO\\ I,- -,

N

.6

7N

GY

WH

WATERLEVEL SWT ICH

16001145-01 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS© 1997 Maytag Corporation

5-31

Page 174: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

l

LAT9406

r

--,--1_­

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 ITIME CHART - 120 SECONDS PER INCREMENTI

FUNCTION

LINE SWITCH

TIMER INFORMATIONCAM CIRCUITNO.

~ SW TO 7T WASH FILL~ SO' TO 58 RINSE FILL

f6\ 16 TO 7. SPIN AND TIMER MOTOR BVPASS. II\::J 16 TO 32 MOTOR-REGULAR SPEED

@ 56 TO 3 WASH FILL12 '6 TO 7. WARM RINSE fiLL

® 16 TO 7. SPIN AND TIMER MOTOR BYPASS

16 TO 31 MOTOR-SLOW SPEED

® LI TO 50'

o

12

~0;2~=~='T=~=:=2~::=~~:~:S=S:=~=GG=~=:,~I~~A~TE~===I_~~~_~~·10 f4\ 22 TO 9 REVERSING AGITATE _liInm_- ~ Xlx.XIXJ~ •

'-2J122 TO 321 REVERSING SPIN fl.lil-w...-_~, ,___

14

8

@ '8 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL

-- p ~

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SIDEoCAM OPEN

[l CUI CLOSED EXCEPT'" FOR SHORT PAuSE

~ CAM CLOSED

f\il CAM MAY BE OPEPi~ OR CLOSED

I:] ~~~S~bErO~O~:)I~~JE~~I:l roA !l SEcotr()S

FUNCTiON

CYCLE REGULAR FABRICS

1"1

PERMANENTPRESS

1*1111'1

D[LJCATES

Ll BK

@,.-- ... ,PULL

LI { 'Sw

----INTERNAL TIMER BUSS.,

RD

YL

WATERTEMP

SWITCH

Bu

'2

5B

RD

I.. J

RD LID CLOSED

I, • I

' ..... _ ..... /PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH BK

LID OPEN

LID SWITCH :.----: sO'12 I

TM

Vl

BR

, ,~, )FUSE

Bu DR

,WATER'0 >-

1-' 0 VALVE18 "I

WH

WH

WH

®

CAPEXPORT 9 WHMODELS

'I\ONL~'zI~=--t1,~\fY

OVERLOAD

/// X,:ROTECTOR

;' ,..--,-'-__--',o-W"'H-'- --,

I \ 91 \

~ C~~T • !\ I,

\

"31

OR

'--- -=B"'K--932

TIMERMOTOR

CABINETFRAME

OR

® 31

B

16

7N

OV

N 7N WH

G.--=:L

WATERLEVEL S WI TCH

16001145-01 SECTION 5. ELECTRiCAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS© 1997 Maytag Corporation

5-32

Page 175: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

lAT9606

14

12

BLACK

WIRE INSERTION SIO(

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 120 SECONDS PER INCREMENT ICA~ !CIRCtJIT! FUNCTION ~

10 IT 2? 25 3F 35 40 45 50 55ND.

® Ll TO SW LINE SWI TCHIIII

® 21109 REVERSING SPIN • -I •••

=• ~ ••21 10 32 REVERSING AGITATE ,. - • I. - •

022T09 REVERSING AGITATE I. I. - • I.~- •

22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN •• - ••• • ••® 18 TO 7H SP IN!HM BYPASS I. I. ••Ie TO 32 MOTOR-REGULAR SPEED 11II

® 18 TO 7N SPINEHM BYPASS •• - ••18 TO 31 MOTOR-SLOW SPEED I. ...

@ SW TO TTl WASH FILL -- 1- -. SW TO 5B1 RINSE FILL I. • • •@ 5. TO' WASH FILL -- ~ -58 TO 7A WARM RINSE FILL I. • I. I • IIIIII@ 5. TO ,. EXTRA RINSE • .. I •

58 TO 12 SUB-INTERVAL FILL I ~ ~ I~ 11*1 1*1 I~

oCAU OPEN

I' •~ CAM CLOSED EXCEPT ~F'OR SHORT PAUSE

FUNCTION e ~~ CAM CLOSEO ~~ CAN MAYBE OPEN

OR CLOSEDI!I CAM OPEN FOR 100 SECONDS

PE:Rt.t~NJNT 1~~J:[ DELlCATES 1~~J:(1 HAND-CLosED fOR 15 THEN OPENCYCLE REGULAR FABRICS

hT~'

FOR 5 SECOIKlS WASHABLE

SW

BU

----INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

YL

BK

BK

TIMERLINE SWITCH

@/.. -.... ,PULL swLI I

, .'' ... _ ..... "PUSH

,______ J

RO LID CLOSED

BK

RO

LID OPENLID SWITCH :.----~ sw

12 ,

LID OPEN------, 30 WH

12 ' 10-0-'-'-----------,ILID CLOSED

CHECK SWITCH ~ '"

Yl

1DAFU5E(IF 50 EQUIPPED)

Ll

WATERVALVE

- ,,,,I,,

-"

OR

8K

~__-,B",K'----932

32,\

I,

T" §I DRIVE

MOTO~ M ovERLOAD

/;''''....... X,:ROTECTOR

" r-...'---~'>-'w'-'" ,II1I\\

\,,,,,

TIMERMOTOR

ON

CABINETFRAME

W"WH

WH

00

N

,.®

7N

7" WH

;FUSE

WATERLEVEL

16001145-01 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS© 1997 Maytag Corporation

5·33

Page 176: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9706

T1Jl IN A I N 1M CHA - ! IN

't: CIRCUIT FUNCTlOJrt '0 15 '0 '5 " 3S 40 45 50 55

a LI TO SW liNE SWIlCH 8 ON LI~T

" B TO l WASH FILL

"El TO 7' WARY RINSE rill

21 TO S REVERSING SPIN21 TO )2 REVERSING AGITATE

W.lS~ FILL

n109 RE\lERSIM(i AGITATE22 TOl2 REVERSING SPIN

J1tro~ .iSM I RIMS[ UGHT

161032 .lSSURED HIIil SPEED

BL.lO<. XII TO 51 UIRA RINSE

8I6TO~ SELECTED SPEED 5PII«

Iro so SOAk LIGHT.. TO so SOAIt LIGHT

" 10 I: ~~ ~SPIN 8 TIMER BYPASS

" CTED SPEED AGITATE

" S TO lS EXTENDED SPIN

12 16 TO 1N SPIN !l TIIlI(R BYPASSlti 10 ~ StOW SPEED OvERRIDE

14 ~lOxR OCEP RINSE FILL~!l TO 12 SUB'INTER\," SPRAY

oCAli 0'[11

Itil f~ ~~i~a ,c;uc::'FUNCTION

ICAlila..OSEC

~ 'foM ......,.IlE O'ENOil ClOSU

8 ~~sr:rro~~[r~~.~- ,......", ~~CYCLE ~[_ .... r",,,,C's \",111. ,,·"-,,1,,;1 5[NSI-(] m~~¥:~~~~rK ,~, ". '''tS5 llMt: c""e :ii<

--INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

TIMERMOT~~........

l .. )

SOAKLIGHT

-,

,~

WATERVALVE

It WH !IU

®~;- ... ,PULI.

u' I s......

\.. ~/'pUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

LID O"[N

1I0 SWITCI~ r.-_-_-.--<;:""'W'--_--J

Ll

N

CABINETFRAME

WASH/RiNSELIGHT

16001145-01 SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS/SCHEMATICS© 1997 Maytag Corporation

5-34

Page 177: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT9806

.,

BLACK

""lEWIRE INSEIIT10N SlOE

·IM IN I IME CHART - I?C S, N)~ PFR I NCREMEN T

~~~ CIIltCUIT Fij\IICTlON • '0 ,. '0 Z> '0 ,. '0 .. '0 "0 I TOS" LUIE SWI feM , ON 'Q<' 1m ~I

a TO .1 WASH FillI TO 7 .,alll IU~S FOl

2 Zl TO i R V R$ING SPINToll 9 Y[RSING AGITAT[

3 .. ,.n WASH fILL

4 ... IfE" JIl I~(j AGITAT!:22 .. REY .SING sPIN

S .'oM ".Slt I RINSE LI~T

6 .To "7 It tosw ElTRA .'feSt

8 II T1l 15 !i[lECTED SPEED SPIN

9 .'0 so "'.. 'Q<T

10 II:: $PIN a TI~Ao BYP1SSS(l(CT,£O SPEED" lUTE

II'10 nEUD SPill

12 '110 :SPIN; .. TllLIt 8'lPtSSl& 10 31 SLOW Sf! II tlV[JI'RIOC

14 TO" EP IltNSE fiLLto ., -INKIIl\'Al,. SPRAY

oCAIlO'(~

UtAtlQ.OS£l)£J.etnf~$IIOJl".lJSI

FUhlCTlOtol -• ;MlQ.out!

RCAM ....., KoP(.011 CLO'(l18 CIII...c.,.100ISf:e-N.-r.=&1\oIOIWO 1-::-,,\1 RE6ULAQ IlfOr. ':Mo P(RMA

~:.::-SENSI·

~!II ~itiI~~:~~ CYCLE FABRICS._.

PR[S.s CAI'lE:

"

"'0

--INTERNAL TIMER BliSS

L1

lOA FUSE(IF SO EQUIPPED)

.0

WATERTEMP

WASKI ~W1TCHRINSELIGHT

c-

TIMER:~ z ;~,~ ."MOTO~_

,ENERGY.

WATER SAVERVALVE SWI1CH

(, :FUSE

CAe INETFRAME

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS / SCHEMATICS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

5-35

Page 178: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT2300

TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 120SEcoNDS PER INCREMENT(CAM CIRCUITNO. FUNCTION 10 15 20 30 3540 45 I

T C B

@LJrOLS

91211D91~ 21T032

L1NESWITCH

R EVE RSIN G SPIN

REV ER SING AG ITAT E

11111 1111 II

11111 1111 111*11 1*1 11111 1111 11*11 111111*111*1

-~. --1111 1111 __ 1111 11111. 1.1I [I11111111111 II 111111111 II I I U

111111111:111 III 1111 II....WASH FILLRINSEFILL

WASH FILLWARM RINSE FILL

SU 8-INTERVAL FILL

SP IN& TIMER MOT OR BYPASS

MOTOR' REGUlAR SPEED

SP IN & TIM ER MOTOR BYPASS

MOTOR- SLOW SPEED

REVERSING AGITATEREVERSING SPIN

@ 5BTOM

16'/16TOlN~ 16T032

D~III14GIJO!1[] 12

G£I~D 10

QIDO[&JSLI[IDCiJ 6

[J~D4

~I~DI~T< I[kiJD

WREINSffiTlON SICE

™ ml

III

w~c I

;£:i :I

......__:.~..J

r---'-----",--,~ . .I H"C c~cI ,w~cI c-cIL ._

-INTERNAL TIMER. BUSS

BU

8

5B

.---- -"'BU'-- --QSN

BK

LS,\ . I, ....,

""_".PUSH

TIMER LIN E SIMTCH

@ .......,~ Pl1.LL1 .,BK

LID r---------c' LS

SWTCH i=c::-~'>;:;;;-;---8U""-I, ,SN, ,, ,

7Nl ~

l.;.;.;. __ ..:__ ...~_~~'>sMe----~YL"-----,M;fl

L1

GND

lCABINETFRAME

DRIVEMOTOR

.... ,,J

/TIMERMOTOR

®1M 16

M

au OR

WATER :­VALVE ,c

:S,V'fi 8R

WATERTEMP

SWITCH

WH

n?304540

7N FULL.1',-";,, , 16

7 / ~

\ ! 15 BR

'--"'EMPTY

WATER LEVELSWITCH

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS / SCHEMATICS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

5·36

Page 179: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT2500TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART - 120 SECONDS PER INCREMENTI

CAM CIROJITI'D.

® L1TOLS

Fl1'lCTION

L1!'E SWTCH

5 10 15 20 ~ :Jl 35 40 45 I1111 1I111111 1111111111111111111 II I 11I111 II II

IIIIPE~~§NT Ri'~ DELICATES 1'flW,.,tREGULAR FABRCS

~

1I11 1111 1.1 .11 11I1 111I I111 I111 II •• 1

1·1_- -111111111. IIIIIIII~IIII 111111. III

11111111 I II .11 1111 1111 1.1 11111111 .1111111110111*111011111111111*111*111111*111011*1

11111111_••111111 ••• 11111111 III111I 1111 III I111 1111 1111 1II1

1111 1111 11111111111 III 111I I •

00111 IIII •••~••=I..11.1 III .1.1 I •• 1

I • III II001111111. _-.00111 III •

CYCLE

FUNCTION

VlASH FILLWARM RINSE FILL

SPIN & TIMER MOTOR BYPASSMOTOR· SLOJV SPEED

SPIN & TIMER MOTOR BYPASSMOTOR· REGULAR SPEED

EXTRA RlNSESUB-INTERVAL FILL

VlASH FILLRlNSEFILL

REVERSING SPINREVERSING AGITATE

REVERSING AGITATEREVERSING SPIN

oCAMOPEN

['( CAM CLOSED EXCEPT.. FOR SHORT AWSE

• CAM CLOSED

IiiI CAM MAY BE OPENED~ ORCLOSED

(;;\6 16 TO 7N\V 16T032

f:\4\1 58 TO XRI\!Y15BTOM I

f8\116T07N1\VI 16T031 I

0' 21T09 I\=.J 21T032

{;\ 22T09\iI 22T032

::-'1 SiNTO 7T-.1 9--1 SiN TO 5BI

';:-'158T03

1~~15BT07AI

T C B

lXRll5BlfMlLY!:J~LY!:J 14

mOlJ[l12Im~D10

~OaJJ8D!ID[lk]&DIIDD4[k]~D2rnJrnJDO

'MRE INSERTION SIDE

-- INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

7T

Wi--,.....---...1-.., I

we I~I

I_________I

4 YL 3

BU

M

5B

EXTRA RINSESWITCH

™ IBiiI

rIII

""BU"'-----" =------------"YL;--------QSW

YL

LS

YL

I

, .,'",_, PUSH

TIMER LINE SWITCH

@,-, PULL,OK L1

BK

'-'10AFUSE BK

(IF SO EQUIPPED)LID 1.--- LS

SWITCH II

Wi 7N I

L1BK

WATER TEMPSWITCHOR,

III...

BR

BU

WATER ,­VALVE I~

I u

L

®K

\• I

I

RDBK

DRIVEMOT~,,__ :,

I'OVERLOAD "/ PROTECTOR \ WH

II\\\

" CENT" ~OR

" ,I \, I

" ,,'TIMERMOTOR

® 31

CABINETFRAME

GND

l

T B B TYL

TM lB 16

7N

6230111 0-1 097

WH 7N

WATER LEVELSWITCH

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

5·37

Page 180: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAT3500

T C 8 TIMER INFORMATION TIME CHART c 120 SECONDS PER INCREMENT

WATERTEMP

SWITCH

HANO .~WASK w

WATERVALVE

"" '" N

·--11

16BAlin

" WATER" LEVEL, SWITCH

'-I •••

-INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

:if' ~

cu1tuUU"I • • •I H ~ W:W cc ~w f-I.C

I tt ,\I;~

I

,u~ll..--------------_iX"

t·r

CycLe

au

EK.lRARiNSESWITCH r -~l

,------"-"--.:-..... ---'s"''''''!--'..-' .o-f:-Ir'x"'"-----'yoL'

FUNCTION'

BK

SPIN & TIMER BYPASS

SUPERWASH BYPASS

SELECr-ED-$PEEDSPtN

SPIN&. TIMER BYPASS

SLOW.SPEED'OVERRIDE

seLEC TED-SPeeD-AGITATE

DE,EF' RINSEFI~

SUBdNTERVALFlL.L

ASSURED HIG-HSPEED

E;STRAR!t'lSE.

16T07N

6 ... 16T032

oCIMO'el

iI ~fll&Wi~m'T• C/lMCLOSeo

~ ~~J!jOPE""D

C1"0••••lOTO;A. lJIASHF'ILLW .,. WAAMRJNSEFLL

~1tM CIRCUIT

® L1lOts

o.

'il~I:~.·.·I····~:~~····~lOI032~~·I;;!~lvel=I~I::l:~:I-~iT"~:rEi~~~~~I!!!1!!!!-\3) -. ViASHF+LL

.14J-.-22:i'2'= REVERSING-AGITATE It II

~ .....-= REVERS IN GSP1N OJ

.. -;;, PUlL>L1 I ,

r'..- -I.... _ .... PUSH

'M

TIMER',MOTOR

II

3

TIMERLINE@OSWiTOi

'KL1

~~OO14UDf@]12rn'0DOO 10

OODE~ 8

U[fi][EJaD~IDG&l:d~D 2

l][JooDO

\/IiHrTEWIRE INSERTI0 N SDE

allCK

8 C T

.~D0015DOD 13

D0011D~DD~~

CABINETFRAME

GND

l

'- ....T"'M_--""!>·llllJ

62302190-0998

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I SCHEMATICS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

5·38

Page 181: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

LAW2400

7T

8U

,...---------,: . .I H-C w-w e.c! W~C1 C-G

II

-INTERNAL TIMER BUSS

8U

M

™ Iilm

I@

TIMER INFORMATION TIM ECHART - 120 SECONDS PERINCREMENTICAM CIRCUIT FUNCTION 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45NO. ,

® UTOlS LINE SWITCH 1-III1 1III IIII I111I IIII1 . 1111 I 11111.1.

@ 21109 RE VER SI NG SPIN • I I •• 1Xll\1 I-•2 21T032 REVERSING AGITATE •• - I. IX~-@ 22T09 REVERSING AGITATE II - •• Ix.I•• I·~••22 TO 32 REVERSING SPIN III1 IIII .1 I1I11 I•• IXlXII •••@16TOlN SPIN&' 11M ERM OTOR BYPABB I II 1111 1111 III J 1111 Ifill 1111 1111 III I

16T032 MOTOR· REGULAR SPEED -.1•@16TOlN SP IN &. TIMER MOT OR 8 VPA SS 1111 1111 •• • 11 1111 i•• II11 -_I•8 16T031 MOTOR· Su:m SP EED II11 I11I I1I1 11111 I111I III11 II • • 11 III I

10:~~WASHfl L ,-••RINSE FILL • I •

OVTO 16 SUDS SAVE I. • 11111VIOVT015 SUDS RETURN II11 I11I 1111 II11 I11II III1I I1111 ,I II III•© 5BT03 WASH Fill ~•~T07A WARM RINSE Fill I.

@ 5BTOM'1111 '1111 1111 1111 11111 11111 11111 III 1111 I

SU B-IN TERVAl FILL 1>1 11>1 11>1 11>111 ID-CAM OPEN

~,iJ..- CAM a..OSED EXCEPT

~FOR SHORT PAUSE

I iI-·CAM CLOSED FUNCTION ~

~

~~l CAMtuf.Y BE OPENED "OR CIDSEt> ~ 1! :J ~ ~ElImsW.'l\!i\'~g 1if.(!'DS0 '"

FOR 5SECONOOPERMAN "NT[) ~~MTg~PNSJttRMs~T?QN CYCLE REGULAR FABRICS PRESS DELI CATES ~.

TIMER LINE SVVlTCH

@,--, fULL

L~:' J LS

' .... _ ;.·"PUs-l

T C B

BLACK

B C T

DOD 15

DOD 13

[IDlli6JOO 11

DOD 9

DOD 7

DOD 5

DOD 3

DOD 1

D~OO 14

[]JOl1ID 12

1J1lrmlD 10

~[ID[&]8

DOO[]fJsD~D4Ikl~D2[~]m8D 0

WHITE

WIRE INSERTION SIDE

: : WATER, ': : SAVER, .: :SVVlTCH

DRAIN.: :SAVE

/ F \

\1" "D'\"",fER' ;VALVE DV

T.·S

1s@·i15

YL

"I

§1:I

_______. _J

VVH BR

BU OR

V\ATERVALVE

YL

WATERTEMP

SVVlTCH

r-­,,,,ld'",

YL

YL

YLYL.......~--

/'" ....... ..., .... "..

i/OVERLOADtb .,/ PROTECTOR '\

/ WI,;;: \ CAP! gF CENT \ EXPORT

f (')~ .! MODELS\ ~I wE ~ ! •• /~~ T\ • '" .... .1 ~1~(2)" ~ il:f " '-' 21 8 '"--"

" CENT ~E /~·,S_~

8K

DRIVEMOTOR

WH 7N

"\1

/TIMERMOTOR

TM 16

N

FULL/-~

'-------------------------'''''--<-,q'......... ), .A.~!"_----'''-''-s.;'PTYr'------------"b'J

CABINETFRAME

GND

l

62304470WATER LEVEL

SWITCH

16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS / SCHEMATICS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

5·39

Page 182: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

i16010277(16001145-02)

SECTION 5. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS / SCHEMATICS

©2000 Maytag Appliances Sales Company

5·40

Page 183: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

'\..,

Page 184: Maytag ONLY BYA MAYTAG AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN FAMILIARWITH ... a 15 ampfuse orcircuit breaker on 220-240volt units. Export models may

MAYTAG

Maytag Appliances Sales Company

Customer Service240 Edwards St.Cleveland, TN 37311

{.........~.